HYUNDAI 2023 Elantra N Car Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual for HYUNDAI models including: 2023, Elantra N, Car, 2023 Elantra N, 2023 Elantra N Car

Elantra N Owner's Manual

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your Hyundai vehicle

Elantra N Owner's Manual

2022-09-02 — This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes ... the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual. ... The shark fin antenna receives.

File Info : application/pdf, 492 Pages, 8.19MB

2023-Elantra-N-Owners-Manual

OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

Introduction
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
7:2:$<5$',225&(//8/$5 TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger Occupant Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F2

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Care Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3

Table of Contents

Foreword

2 Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects

Seats & Safety System

Instrument Cluster

Convenience Features

Driving Your Vehicle

Driver Assistance System

Emergency Situations

Maintenance

Index

1. Foreword

Introduction..................................................................................................... 1-2

Hyundai Motor America ................................................................................. 1-2

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts ...................................................................1-3

How to Use This Manual.................................................................................1-4

Safety Messages .............................................................................................1-4

Fuel Requirements..........................................................................................1-5 Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol .............................................................1-6 Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives) ......................................1-6 Gasoline containing MMT ......................................................................................1-6 Detergent Fuel Additives........................................................................................ 1-7 Operation in foreign countries............................................................................... 1-7

Vehicle Modifications ..................................................................................... 1-7

Vehicle Break-In Process................................................................................ 1-7

Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders .................................... 1-8

Foreword
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-12 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2022 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
1-2

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.

2. Why Hyundai Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.

1-3

Foreword

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.

SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as cause damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

1-4

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to perform optimally using unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane Number 95) or higher is recommended. (Do not use methanol blended fuels.)
NOTICE
Using unleaded gasoline that is lower than octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane Number 95) could result in reduced engine power and increased fuel consumption.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel
system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

1-5

Foreword

Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system: Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Never use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol. Never use leaded fuel or leaded
gasohol. Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.

1-6

Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www. toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 9).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance. Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
9(+,&/(%5($.,1
PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle. Do not race the engine. While driving, avoid sudden
acceleration. Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in process and be stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume more oil during the vehicle break-in period. Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.

1-7

Foreword

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: Gasoline and its vapors Engine exhaust Used engine oil Interior passenger compartment
components and materials Component parts which are subject
to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
For more information go to https://www.p65warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION
AND EVENT DATA
RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

1-8

2. Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior Overview (I) ...................................................................................... 2-2 Exterior Overview (II) ..................................................................................... 2-3 Interior Overview (I)....................................................................................... 2-4 Interior Overview (II)...................................................................................... 2-5 Instrument Panel Overview (III) .................................................................... 2-6
2 Engine Compartment .....................................................................................2-7
Dimensions..................................................................................................... 2-8 Engine Specification...................................................................................... 2-8 Bulb Wattage.................................................................................................. 2-9 Tires and Wheels...........................................................................................2-10 Air Conditioning System................................................................................2-11 Volume and Weight .......................................................................................2-11 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities................................................. 2-12
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number ................................................................. 2-13 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...........................................................2-14 Vehicle Certification Label ...........................................................................2-14 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .........................................................2-14 Engine Number ............................................................................................. 2-15 Air Conditioner Compressor Label .............................................................. 2-15 Air Conditioning Refrigerant Label .............................................................. 2-15 Consumer Information .................................................................................2-16 Reporting Safety Defects ............................................................................. 2-17

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
(;7(5,2529(59,(:,
Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OCN7N011001N

1. Hood...................................................... 5-55 2. Headlight............................................... 9-57 3. Tires and wheels................................... 9-32 4. Side view mirror.................................... 5-45

5. Sunroof................................................... 5-51 6. Front windshield wiper blades ............9-27 7. Windows ............................................... 5-47

2-2

(;7(5,2529(59,(:,,
Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OCN7N011002N

8. Door....................................................... 5-26 9. Fuel filler door....................................... 5-62 10. Rear combination lamp........................ 9-59 11. Trunk.......................................................5-57

12. Defroster / Glass antenna ......... 5-104/5-113 13. High mounted stop lamp ......................9-61 14. Antenna.................................................5-113 15. Rear view camera ................................. 7-58

2-3

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
,17(5,2529(59,(:,

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OCN7N011010N

1. Inside door handle................................ 5-26 2. Side view mirror control switch........... 5-46 3. Central door lock switch ...................... 5-28 4. Power window switches ...................... 5-47 5. Power window lock switch .................. 5-50 6. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever .... 5-33 7. Steering wheel .......................................5-32

8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...................................................... 4-5
9. Lane Safety button ................................ 7-15 10. ESC OFF button .................................... 6-33 11. Fuel filler door opener lever................. 5-62 12. Trunk release lever.................................5-57 13. Hood release lever................................ 5-55 14. Seat adjusting lever................................ 3-5

2-4

,17(5,2529(59,(:,,

Manual transmission

Dual clutch transmission

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OCN7N011009N

1. Instrument cluster .................................. 4-4 2. Driver's front air bag............................. 3-33 3. Engine Start/Stop button....................... 6-5 4. Infotainment system ............................ 4-39 5. Hazard warning flasher button.............. 8-2 6. Climate control system ............... 5-77/5-88

7. Passenger's front air bag ..................... 3-33 8. Glove box .............................................5-106 9. Manual transmission/Dual clutch
transmission.................................. 6-12/6-18 10. Drive mode button ................................ 6-15 11. Parking/View button ............................ 7-59

2-5

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
,167580(173$1(/29(59,(:,,,

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OCN7N011005N

1. Lighting control lever ........................... 5-64 2. Wiper and washer control lever............5-75 3. Voice recognition button .....................5-115 4. Bluetooth wireless technology
hands-free button ................................5-115 5. Steering wheel audio controls.............5-114

6. N1 button............................................... 6-43 7. LCD display control .............................. 4-25 8. Driving Assist button ................... 7-40/7-50 9. Lane Driving Assist button ....................7-54 10. N2 button .............................................. 6-43 11. Dual Clutch Transmission :
NGS (N Grin Shift) ................................6-48 Manual Transmission : Rev Matching... 6-15

2-6

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.0 T-GDi

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir .......................9-18 2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................. 9-22 3. Air cleaner ............................................. 9-24 4. Engine oil dipstick ................................. 9-15 5. Engine oil filler cap ................................ 9-15

OCN7N091001
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....... 9-23 7. Fuse box ................................................9-48 8. Battery................................................... 9-30 9. Engine coolant cap................................9-19

2-7

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

DIMENSIONS

Overall length

Items

Overall width

Overall height

Front tread

245/35 ZR19

Rear tread

245/35 ZR19

Wheelbase

ENGINE SPECIFICATION

Displacement Bore x Stroke

Item

cu. in. (cc) in. (mm)

Firing order

No. of cylinders

in. (mm) 184.05 (4,675) 71.85 (1,825)
55.71 (1,415) 62.36 (1,584) 62.17 (1,579) 107.09 (2,720)
2.0 T-GDi 121.9 (1,998) 3.39 X 3.39 (86.0 X 86.0)
1-3-4-2 4, in-line

2-8

BULB WATTAGE

Front Rear Interior

Light bulb

Headlight

High Low

Daytime running lamp (DRL)/ Position lamp

Side marker

Turn signal lamp

Side repeater lamp (Outside mirror)

Stop lamp

Tail lamp

Side marker

Turn signal lamp

License plate lamp

Reverse lamp

High mounted stop lamp

Map lamp

Room lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

Trunk room lamp

Bulb type
LED
LED
LED PY21W
LED LED LED LED PY21W W5W W16W P21W W10W FESTOON FESTOON FESTOON

02
Wattage
LED
LED LED 21 LED LED LED LED 21
5 16 21 10 8 5 5

2-9

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
2-10

Inflation pressure psi (kPa)

Items

Normal Load (less High-speed driving

Transmission Tire size Wheel size than 100mph or (over 100mph or

160km/h)

160km/h) *1

Track driving *2

Wheel nut torque lbf·ft (kgf·m, N·m,)

Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

MT/DCT

245/ 35 ZR19

8.0Jx19

35 (240)

33 (230)

41 (280)

39 (270)

37 (250)

79-94

(250) (11-13, 107-127)

MT : Manual Transmission DCT : Dual Clutch Transmission *1 : Must drive only where the speed is legal

*2 : Refers to the recommended inflation pressure for the hot tire condition (state when the tire temperature is increased). Limited number of passengers is 2 with no luggage. After the track driving is complete, change to the appropriate tire inflation recommended for the normal road driving condition.

NOTICE
Ambient temperature affects the tire pressure (about 1psi (7kPa)) for every 12°F (7°C) change). If colder temperatures are anticipated, it is permissible to increase cold tire inflation pressure by up to 3psi (20kPa) over the specification. If extreme temperature changes are expected, be sure to check and adjust tire pressure accordingly.
Tire inflation pressure decreases with higher elevation, and increases with lower elevation (about 2.4psi (10kPa) for every mile (or kilometer) elevation change). Be sure to check and adjust tire pressure accordingly when driving through changing elevations.
Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure, as found on the sidewall of the tire(s).

CAUTION
When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, brand, construction and tread pattern supplied with the vehicle. If not, it can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Items

Weight of volume

Refrigerant

oz. (g)

17.6±0.9 (500±25)

Compressor lubricant oz. (g)

3.4 ± 0.3 (100 ± 10)

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

Classification R-1234yf
PAG (FD46XG)

VOLUME AND WEIGHT

Items

Gross vehicle weight

lbs. (kg)

Luggage volume

FXIW

MT : Manual Transmission DCT : Dual Clutch Transmission

2.0 T-GDi

DCT

4,101 (1,860)

4,178 (1,895)

16.38 (464)

2-11

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant
Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Recommends

Volume

5.49 US qt.

SAE 0W-30 API SN PLUS/SP or ILSAC GF-6 *3

Manual transmission fluid

1.9 ~ 2.0 US qt. a

HK SYN MTF 70W (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF (H.K.SHELL) GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX) (API GL-4, SAE 70W, TGO-9)

Dual clutch transmission fluid

Gear oil Control oil

3.4 ~ 3.6 US qt. a
2.58 ~ 2.64 US qt. a

GS WDCTF HD G (WET DCT FLUID)
GS WDCTF HD H (WET DCT HYDRAULIC CONTROL OIL)

Coolant

8.12 US qt.

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake/clutch fluid *4

0.74 ~ 0.85 US qt. a

DOT-4

Fuel

12.42 US gal.

Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the chapter 1.

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 : Requires < API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.

*4 : For the best performance of braking and ABS/ESC functions, you should use genuine brake fluid that conform to standards. (Standards: SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, ISO4925 CLASS-6 and FMVSS116 DOT-4)

2-12

Recommended SAE viscosity number

CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change.

Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature 2.0 T-GDi

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

°F

-30

-20 -10

10 20 30

(°C)

-10 0 20 40 60 80

0W-30

40 50 100 120

For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W30 API SN PLUS / SP or ILSAC GF-6.
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.

2-13

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION 180%(59,1
VIN label (if equipped)

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

OCN7010010L
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The VIN is on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

OCN7010006
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's (or front passenger's) side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN).
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL

OCN7010009L
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2-14

ENGINE NUMBER

02
AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT LABEL

OPDEN087012
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL

OCN7N011021N
The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and amount. (R-1234yf)

OIG019029L
A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

2-15

Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information. HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING". If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact the Hyundai Customer Care Center. Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com Hyundai's Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Care Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST. `
2-16

02
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, West Building Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
2-17

3. Seats & Safety System

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work. Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

Important Safety Precautions ....................................................................... 3-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..................................................................................... 3-2 Restrain All Children................................................................................................. 3-2 Air Bag Hazards ........................................................................................................ 3-2 Driver Distraction ..................................................................................................... 3-2 Control Your Speed .................................................................................................. 3-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition....................................................................... 3-2

Seats ............................................................................................................... 3-3

Safety Precautions ................................................................................................... 3-4 Front Seats................................................................................................................ 3-5

Rear seats ..................................................................................................................3-7

Head Restraints ....................................................................................................... 3-9

Seat Warmers ...........................................................................................................3-11

Seat Belts.......................................................................................................3-13 Seat Belt Safety Precautions ..................................................................................3-13 Seat Belt Warning Light ..........................................................................................3-14 Seat Belt Restraint System .....................................................................................3-14 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ................................................................3-19 Care of Seat Belts .................................................................................................... 3-21

Child Restraint System (CRS) ...................................................................... 3-22 Children Always in the Rear................................................................................... 3-22 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)............................................................. 3-23 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................................. 3-24

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System .................................3-31 Where Are the Air Bags? ........................................................................................ 3-33 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?............................................................... 3-36 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates ..............................................................3-40 Occupant Classification System (OCS)..................................................................3-41 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ....................................................... 3-47 SRS Care ................................................................................................................. 3-52 Additional Safety Precautions ............................................................................... 3-53 Air Bag Warning Labels.......................................................................................... 3-53

Seats & Safety System

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel, and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.

Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident: ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(for example, MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped. ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

3-2

03
SEATS

The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Driver's seat (1) Forward and rearward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat height

Front passenger's seat (1) Forward and rearward (2) Seatback angle

OCN7N031142N

3-3

Seats & Safety System

Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions: Adjust the driver's seat as far to the
rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle. Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible. Hold the steering wheel by the rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.

NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering wheel and the air bag.
Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt: NEVER use one seat belt for more
than one occupant. Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap. Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body. Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.

3-4

Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat: NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident. Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback. Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire. Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism. If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful while adjusting the front seat position. Make sure that the seat is locked in place after the adjustment. If not, the seat might move unexpectedly resulting in an accident.

Manual adjustment The front seat can be adjusted by using the levers located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel.
OCN7N031002N
Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever
and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

CAUTION
To prevent injury: Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen. Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
3-5

Seats & Safety System

OCN7N031003
Seatback angle To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OCN7N031004
Seat cushion height (for driver's seat, if equipped) To change the height of the seat cushion: Push down on the lever several times,
to lower the seat cushion. Pull up on the lever several times, to
raise the seat cushion.

3-6

Rear seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions: Adjusting the seats
- NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat may suddenly move and may injure the passenger.
- Make sure that the seat is locked in place after the adjustment. If not, the seat might move unexpectedly resulting in an accident.
Folding the seats
- Do not fold the seatback when the seat is occupied (for example, passenger, pets or luggage). It may injure the passenger or pet, or damage the luggage.
- Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
- Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

- When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
Loading cargo
- Make sure the engine is off, the gear is in R (Reverse) or 1st gear (for manual transmission vehicle) or in P (Park, for dual clutch transmission vehicle), and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.
- When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.

3-7

Seats & Safety System

CAUTION
Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while adjusting the seats.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle: Rear seat belts
Before folding the seatback, insert the seat belt buckle in the holder between the seatback and cushion. And insert the seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. Cargo Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.

Folding the rear seat (if equipped) The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
OCN7030019
To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear head restraint to the lowest position.

OCN7N031020N
3. Route the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides to prevent the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats.
3-8

OCN7N031022N
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (1) located in the trunk.

Head Restraints
The vehicle's rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The headrests provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To help reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints: Always properly adjust the head
restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraint removed or reversed.

OCN7N031021N
5. Fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle.
6. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback rearward. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.

ODN8039067L
Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraints is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.
Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback.
Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.

3-9

Seats & Safety System

NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area.
Front seat headrests
NOTICE

Rear seat head restraints
OCN7N031065L
The rear seats are equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.

OHI038136
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

OCN7030017
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To raise the headrest: 1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support. 2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).

3-10

Seat Warmers Front seat warmers
Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers: Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients. People with sensitive skin or who
burn easily. Fatigued individuals. Intoxicated individuals. People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.

WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers. Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer or air ventilation system.

3-11

Seats & Safety System

OCN7N031024
While the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. Manual temperature control
Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows:
- Front seat

OFF

HIGH (

)

LOW ( )

MEDIUM (

)

Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to automatically control the seat temperature in order to prevent low-temperature burns after being manually turned ON.
- Front seat

OFF
LOW (

+,*+
0,1 ) 0(',80 0,1

You may manually press the switch to increase seat temperature. However, it soon returns the automatic mode again.
When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the Engine Start/ Stop button is pressed to the ON position. However, if the Auto Comfort Control function is ON, the driver's seat warmer will turn on and off depending on the ambient temperature.
Auto Comfort Control (for driver's seat, if equipped)
The seat warmer automatically controls the seat temperature depending on the ambient temperature when the engine is running. If the seat warmer switch is pushed, the seat warmer will have to be controlled manually.To use this function, it must be activated from the Settings menu in the AVN system screen. For more details, refer to the separately supplied Car Infotainment System manual.

3-12

SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: ALWAYS properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats. NEVER allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. And the child must always be restrained in the seat properly. NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap. NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving. Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt. Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/ shoulder belt. Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.

Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism, because any materials in the buckle can cause the seat belt not to be fastened securely.
No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing Damaged hardware The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent

3-13

Seats & Safety System

Seat Belt Warning Light Seat belt warning
Instrument cluster (Driver and front passenger's seat)
1GQA2083
Driver's and Passenger's front seat belt warning As a reminder, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you set the ENGINE START/STOP button ON regardless of belt fastening. If the seatbelt is not fastened, the warning chime will sound for about 6 seconds. If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened over approximately 5 mph (9 km/h) and less than approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warning light will illuminate. The warning light will turn off when the vehicle speed drops below approximately 5 mph (9 km/h). If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. When the seat belt is unfastened during driving, the warning light will illuminate when the speed is over approximately 5 mph (9 km/h) and less than approximately 12 mph (20 km/h). When the speed is approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds.

Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration. Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height. NEVER position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

3-14

Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
OHI038140
To fasten your seat belt: Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the three different positions for maximum comfort and safety. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.
Front seat

OHI038137
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

OIG036022
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.

3-15

Seats & Safety System

OCN7N031138N
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3-point system with convertible locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.

To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.

3-16

Rear center seat belt

03
Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)

OCN7030027L
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.
WARNING
Make sure that the seatback is locked in place when using the rear center seat belt. If not, the seatback may move when there is a sudden stop or collision, which could result in serious injury.

OHI038143L
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

3-17

Seats & Safety System

WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners by yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pretensioners become hot and can burn you.

OHI038175L
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner (front)
3. SRS control module
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the Engine Start/ Stop button is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.

3-18

NOTICE
Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollovers.
When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
WARNING
Fasten your seat belt while sitting properly in an upright position to maximize the effectiveness of the pre-tensioner seat belt system.
A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate only once. Replace the pre-tensioner seat belt system, if it was activated in an accident.

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
Pregnant women and patients are more vulnerable to any impacts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident while pregnant, consult your doctor.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

3-19

Seats & Safety System

WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving. The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.
Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.

3-20

Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should always sit well back in their seats with the seatbacks upright and should be belted properly.

Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-21

Seats & Safety System

&+,/'5(675$,176<67(0&56

Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING

Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.

An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system:
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
After an accident, have a HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.

3-22

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child, always: Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213). Select a child restraint based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information. Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used. Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child restraint systems: rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

OCN7N031029
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.

3-23

Seats & Safety System

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)

OCN7N031030
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint System designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the stronger parts of your child's body. Keep your children in booster seats until they are big enough to fit in a seat belt properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie comfortable across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie comfortable across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.

WARNING
Before installing your child restraint system always: Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint. Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat as described in the child seat system manual, the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

3-24

After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected. When installing a Child Restraint System, adjust the vehicle seat and seatback (up and down, forward and rearward) so that your child fits in the Child Restraint System in a comfortable manner.
Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.

3-25

Seats & Safety System

OCN7N031033
LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seating position. There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.
WARNING
Before installing the Child Restraint System, make sure that there are no objects (for example, toy, pen, wire) around the lower anchor area. Those objects may damage either the seat belt system or the Child Restraint System during the installment procedure. If necessary, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OCN7N031034L
[A]: Lower Anchor Position Indicator
[B]: Lower Anchor
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

3-26

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system: Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child restraint system. To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens. NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system
OCN7030032AU
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child restraint system. NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else. Child Restraint System anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted Child Restraint System. Do not use them for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

3-27

Seats & Safety System

OCN7N031031
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forwardand-back and side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with lap/ shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

OHI038145
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

3-28

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

Information
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3-point system" section in this chapter.

OHI038146
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.

Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

OLF034076
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.

3-29

Seats & Safety System

If your CRS (child restraint system) manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/ shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.

OLF034075
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.

Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.
To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
WARNING
If a child restraint is installed in the second row center seat, move the second row seat far back as possible, to minimize contact with the front center air bag.

3-30

03
$,5%$*$'9$1&('6833/(0(17$/5(675$,176<67(0
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OCN7N031060N
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag
3-31

Seats & Safety System
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats. The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving. You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates. NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries. ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
3-32

Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

Driver's front air bag Passenger's front air bag

OCN7N031036

OCN7030038
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone. The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage and impact severity. The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened. These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is. The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts. According to the impact severity, and seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
3-33

Seats & Safety System

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from inflating front air bags, take the following precautions:
Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
Never lean against the door or center console.
Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, air fresheners or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
Do not attach any objects on the front windshield and inside mirror.

Side air bags
Front seat
OCN7N031041N
OCN7N031042N
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. The side air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. For vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor the side air bags and pre-tensioners on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. However, the side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

3-34

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions:
Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
Do not cause impact to the doors when the Engine Start/ Stop button is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Curtain air bags
OCN7N031044N
OCN7N031043N
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors. They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

3-35

Seats & Safety System

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions:
All seat occupants must wear seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.
Do not hang or place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
Do not attempt to open or repair the side curtain air bags yourself. If necessary, have the air bag inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
OCN7N031141
The SRS consists of the following components: (1) Driver's front air bag module (2) Passenger's front air bag module (3) Side air bag modules (4) Curtain air bag modules (5) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (6) Air bag warning light (7) SRS control module (SRSCM) (8) Front impact sensors (9) Side impact sensors (acceleration) (10) Side impact sensors (pressure) (11) Occupant classification system (12) Driver's and front passenger's seat
belt buckle sensors
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or approximately within 3 minutes after the ignition is off to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

3-36

SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential malfunction with your air bag system, which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly during an accident, increasing the risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning: The light does not turn on for
approximately three to six seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. The light stays on after illuminating for approximately three to six seconds. The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. The light blinks when the engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.

The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover by supporting the side upper body area.
Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) when the Engine Start/ Stop button is in the ON position or approximately within 3 minutes after ignition off.
Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.

3-37

Seats & Safety System

To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
NEVER place a child restraint in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while maintaining you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
NEVER place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant.
Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

3-38

Driver's front air bag (1)

Driver's front air bag (3)

ODN8039077L
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)

Passenger's front air bag

ODN8039079L

ODN8039078L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.

ODN8039080L
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates: Do not install or place any objects
(drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located. Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.

3-39

Seats & Safety System

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions: Open your windows and doors as
soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag. Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot. Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and mild soap. Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.

Noise and smoke from inflating air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist.

3-40

Occupant Classification System (OCS)
OCN7N031139N
OCN7030070N
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

Main components of the Occupant Classification System A detection device located within the
front passenger seat cushion. Electronic system to help determine
whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated. An indicator light located on the overhead console which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated. The overhead console air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

3-41

Seats & Safety System

Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the overhead console. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
Never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger's seat. If you should install a CRS (Child Restraint System) inevitably, use a forward-facing CRS with 3-point ALR safety seat belt and adjust the front passenger's seat as far to the rear as possible. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator is OFF after a CRS (Child Restraint System) is equipped, the front passenger's airbag is operating so you should install the CRS in the rear seats of the vehicle immediately.

The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. These include:
Failing to sit in an upright position. Leaning against the door or center
console.
Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
Wearing the seat belt improperly. Reclining the seatback. Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or
hip protection wear.
Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
Putting electrical devices (for example, notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.

3-42

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the occupant classification system
1. Adult *1 2. Infant *2 or child restraint
system with 12 months old
*3 *4
3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system

Indicator/Warning light

"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light

SRS warning light

Off

Devices Front passenger
air bag Activated
Deactivated
Deactivated Activated

*1 : The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 : Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 : The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

3-43

Seats & Safety System
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.
OVQ036013NB
NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033100
NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101
NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
OLMB033103
NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
OLMB033102
3-44

03
NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

OLMB033104
Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.

ODH035900K
Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.

ODH035901K

Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.
Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

OHI038161

If large amount of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.

OHI038162
Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
Do not place any items under the front passenger seat. When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only.
The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
3-45

Seats & Safety System

OHI038118
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.

WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition themselves in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions themselves properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator generally illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or after the engine is started. However, if the Engine Start/Stop button is turned to the ON position within 3 minutes after ignition OFF, the indicator does not illuminate. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.

3-46

Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat
OHI039193N
Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
NEVER place a rear-facing or frontfacing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of the vehicle.
An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should. Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a nongenuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF or ACC position, when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment. Have all air bag repairs performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-47

Seats & Safety System Air bag collision sensors
OCN7N031045N/OCN7030046/OCN7N031047N/OCN7030048/OCN7N031062N
1. SRS control module / Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side impact sensor (Acceleration) (B-PILLAR) 4. Side impact sensor (Pressure) (FR DOOR) 3-48

Air bag inflation conditions
OCN7N031050L
Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front collision.
OCN7N031049N

Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected
by side collision sensors depending on the severity, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover
is detected by a rollover sensor. (if equipped with rollover sensor)
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

OCN7N031042

3-49

Seats & Safety System Air bag non-inflation conditions

OCN7N031051L
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.

OCN7N031144N
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.

OCN7N031052L
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.

OCN7N031137N
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

3-50

OCN7N031054L
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.

OCN7N031055
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.

OCN7N031140N
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. However, the side and curtain air bags may inflate in a rollover situation, when it is detected by the rollover sensor.
3-51

Seats & Safety System

SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death take the following precautions:
Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury.

3-52

Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or START position may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 800-6335151.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels
OCN7N031135N
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

3-53

4. Instrument Cluster

Instrument Cluster.........................................................................................4-4

Instrument Cluster Control...................................................................................... 4-5

Instrument panel illumination............................................................................... 4-5

Gauges and Meters .................................................................................................. 4-5

Speedometer ......................................................................................................... 4-5

Tachometer ............................................................................................................4-6

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ....................................................................4-6

Fuel Gauge ............................................................................................................. 4-7

Outside Temperature Gauge.................................................................................4-8

Odometer ...............................................................................................................4-8

Distance to empty .................................................................................................4-9

Fuel economy (Normal mode) ..............................................................................4-9

CUSTOM mode settings ........................................................................................4-9

Transmission Shift Indicator .................................................................................. 4-10

Warning and Indicator Lights ................................................................................. 4-11 Air Bag Warning Light........................................................................................... 4-11

Seat Belt Warning Light........................................................................................ 4-11

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light......................................................... 4-11

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light .......................................................4-12

Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning Light...............................4-12

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).......................................................................4-13

Charging System Warning Light ..........................................................................4-14

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light ......................................................................4-14

Low Fuel Level Warning Light ..............................................................................4-15

Master Warning Light ...........................................................................................4-15

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light .........................................................................4-16

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light ..............................................4-16

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light....................................... 4-17

Forward safety warning light .............................................................................. 4-17

Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key) ..................................................... 4-17

Turn Signal Indicator Light ...................................................................................4-18

Exterior Light Warning Light ................................................................................4-18

LED headlight warning light.................................................................................4-18

High Beam Indicator Light ...................................................................................4-18

Light ON Indicator Light.......................................................................................4-18

Low Beam Indicator Light ....................................................................................4-19

High Beam Assist indicator light..........................................................................4-19

Forward safety warning light ...............................................................................4-19

Lane Keep Assist Indicator Light .........................................................................4-19

Cruise Indicator Light ...........................................................................................4-19

SPORT Mode Indicator Light................................................................................4-19

ECO Mode Indicator Light...................................................................................4-20

N Mode Indicator Light .......................................................................................4-20

CUSTOM Mode Indicator Light...........................................................................4-20

REV (Rev Matching) Indicator Light ...................................................................4-20

Icy Road Warning Light .......................................................................................4-20

LCD Display Messages............................................................................................4-21

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)............................................................4-21

Key not detected (for smart key system).............................................................4-21

Press START button with key (for smart key system) .........................................4-21

Press START button again (for smart key system) .............................................. 4-21

Low Key Battery (for smart key system) ..............................................................4-21

Shift to P (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission).........................4-21

Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system and dual clutch

transmission) ......................................................................................................... 4-21

Press clutch pedal to start engine (for smart key system and manual

transmission) ......................................................................................................... 4-21

Press START button again (for smart key system) .............................................. 4-21

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system and dual clutch

transmission)........................................................................................................ 4-22

Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system and dual clutch

transmission)........................................................................................................ 4-22

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices..................................... 4-22

Door, Hood, Trunk open indicator ...................................................................... 4-22

Sunroof open indicator........................................................................................ 4-22

Lights mode ......................................................................................................... 4-23

Wiper mode.......................................................................................................... 4-23

Low pressure ........................................................................................................ 4-23

Heated Steering Wheel turned off...................................................................... 4-23

Low washer fluid.................................................................................................. 4-23

Low fuel ................................................................................................................ 4-24

Engine Overheated .............................................................................................. 4-24

Check headlight (High) ....................................................................................... 4-24

Check headlight (Low)......................................................................................... 4-24

Check turn signal ................................................................................................. 4-24

Check brake light ................................................................................................. 4-24

Check daytime running light............................................................................... 4-24

Check high mounted brake light ........................................................................ 4-24

Check headlight LED ........................................................................................... 4-24

4. Instrument Cluster
LCD Display .................................................................................................. 4-25 LCD Display Control ............................................................................................... 4-25 View Modes ............................................................................................................ 4-26 Driving Assist mode............................................................................................. 4-27 Sport view............................................................................................................. 4-27 Trip computer mode ............................................................................................ 4-29 Turn By Turn (TBT) mode ..................................................................................... 4-29 Master warning mode .........................................................................................4-30 User Settings Mode.................................................................................................4-31 Trip Computer......................................................................................................... 4-37 Trip modes............................................................................................................ 4-37 Digital speedometer ............................................................................................4-38
Vehicle Settings (infotainment system) .....................................................4-39 Setting Your Vehicle ............................................................................................... 4-39
4

Instrument Cluster
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Normal mode (Type A)
N mode (Type B)

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge 5. Shift light

OOSN041001N/OCN7N041130N

4-4

Instrument Cluster Control Instrument panel illumination

Gauges and Meters Speedometer
Normal mode MPH, km/h

OUS4041035L
When the vehicle's parking lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control switch to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control switch, the interior switch illumination intensity also adjusted.
You can adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination form the User Settings Mode on the LCD display ZKHQWKHLJQLWLRQVZLWFKLVRQoe/LJKWV Illumination'). When the vehicle's parking lights or headlights are on, interior switch illumination intensity and mood lamps are also adjusted.
If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

N mode MPH

OCN7N041131N

OCN7N041132N
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).

WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.
The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.

4-5

Instrument Cluster
Tachometer
Normal mode

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Normal mode

N mode

OCN7040007

N mode

OCN7040009

OCN7N041133N
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (RPM). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/ or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

OCN7N041134N
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 8.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burns. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

4-6

Fuel Gauge
Normal mode

N mode

OOSN041034N

OOSN041021N
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Information
The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 2.
The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "0 or E(Empty)" level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

4-7

Instrument Cluster

Outside Temperature Gauge

Normal mode

N mode

Odometer
Normal mode

N mode

OCN7N041129N

OCN7N041124N

This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures either in Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit.

- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~ 60°C)

The outside temperature on the display may not immediately change like a general thermometer not to distract the driver.

The temperature unit (from °F to °C or from °C to °F ) can be changed by:

- Settings menu in the infotainment V\VWHPVFUHHQ6HWXS*HQHUDO 6HWWLQJV8QLW7HPSHUDWXUH8QLW °F/°C

- Automatic climate control system : While pressing the OFF button, press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.

The temperature unit of the instrument cluster and climate control system will change at once.

OCN7040015N

OCN7N041135N

The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.

4-8

Distance to empty

Normal mode

N mode

04
Fuel economy (Normal mode)

OCN7040016N

OOSN041023N

The distance to empty is the

estimated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining fuel.

If the estimated distance is below

1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will

display "---" as distance to empty.

Information
If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly.
The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance.
The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
The distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

OCN7N041114N
The average fuel economy (1) and instant fuel economy (2) is displayed at the bottom of the cluster. Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between "After Ignition" or "After Refueling" from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. CUSTOM mode settings
OCN7N041136N
The main settings of CUSTOM mode is displayed at the bottom of the cluster. The CUSTOM mode can be set on the infotainment system.

Information
For more details on the CUSTOM mode, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" section in chapter 6.

4-9

Instrument Cluster

Transmission Shift Indicator
Normal mode

Normal mode

N mode

OCN7040013

N mode

OOSN041036N

OCN7N041138N
This indicator displays which shift lever position is selected. Park : P Reverse : R Neutral : N Drive : D Manual shift mode : D1, D2, D3, D4,
D5, D6, D7, D8

OBC3N040020
In the manual shift mode, this indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel. Dual clutch transmission shift
indicator
- Shifting up : Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8
- Shifting down : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).
When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed.

4-10

Warning and Indicator Lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Air Bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position. - The air bag warning light illuminates
for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 3.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The parking brake light illuminates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released.
Whenever the parking brake is applied.
Whenever the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more information, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 9). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-11

Instrument Cluster

Dual-diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light
This warning light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-12

WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Information
Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the MDPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

4-13

Instrument Cluster

Charging System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical charging system
If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there may be a problem in the electrical charging system.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Engine Oil Level Warning Light
The engine oil level warning light illuminates when the engine oil level should be checked.
If the warning light comes on, check the engine oil level as soon as possible and add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little by little into a funnel. (Oil refill capacity : DSSUR[LPDWHO\a Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 2.)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on the dipstick.
Information
If you travel approximately 30 ~ 60 miles (50 km ~100 km) after the engine warms up, after adding the engine oil, the warning light will go off.
Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3 times within 10 seconds, the warning light will go off immediately. However, when you turn off the warning light without adding the engine oil, the light will come on again after traveling approximately 30 ~ 60 miles (50 ~ 100 km) after the engine warms up.
NOTICE
If the light comes on continuously after adding the engine oil and travelling approximately 30 ~ 60 miles (50~100 km) after the engine warms up, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Even if this light doesn't come on after the engine has started, the engine oil level should be periodically checked and topped up if required.

4-14

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This warning light illuminates: When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more information, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 9). If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Continued driving with the warning light on may cause engine failure.
NOTICE
If the engine is not turned OFF immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, severe damage could occur.

This warning light illuminates: When the fuel tank is nearly empty. Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E(Empty)" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter (if equipped).
Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems: - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning
malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped) - High Beam Assist malfunction - Lamp malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction - LED head lamp malfunction (if
equipped) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.

4-15

Instrument Cluster

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light

This warning light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires is displayed on the LCD display.)
For more information, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 8.
This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals: When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
For more information, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 8.

This indicator light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
Whenever there is a malfunction with the ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: While the ESC is operating.
For more information, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 6.

WARNING
Safe Stopping
The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

4-16

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more information, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 6.

Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. - Once the smart key is detected, you
can start the engine. - The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: When the smart key is not in the vehicle. - If the smart key is not detected, you
cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-17

Instrument Cluster

Turn Signal Indicator Light

LED headlight warning light (if equipped)

This indicator light blinks: When you operate the turn signal indicator stalk.
If any of the following occur, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. - The turn signal indicator light
illuminates but does not blink - The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly - The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all If any of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 5.
Exterior Light Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: When one of the exterior bulbs
(headlight, DRL, turn signal lamp, stop lamp, etc) is not operating properly. One of the bulbs may need to be replaced.
Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.

This warning light illuminates: When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position. - The LED headlight warning light
illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. Whenever there is a malfunction with the LED headlight. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED Headlight warning light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.
High Beam Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: When the headlights are on and in the
high beam position. When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: When the tail lights or headlights are on.

4-18

Low Beam Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: When the headlights are on.
High Beam Assist indicator light
This indicator light illuminates: When the High Beam is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position. White: When High Beam Assis is ready
to operate. Green: When High Beam Assist is
operating. If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically. For more information, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 5.
Forward Safety Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: When you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer of HYUNDAI. For more information, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" in chapter 7.

Lane Safety Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: [Green] When you activate Lane
Keeping Assist by pressing the Lane Safety button and all of the function operating conditions are satisfied. [White] When Lane Keeping Assist operating conditions are not satisfied or when the sensor does not detect the lane line. [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with Lane Keeping Assist. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 7.
Cruise Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: When Cruise Control is enabled. For more details, refer to "Cruise Control (CC)" in chapter 6.
SPORT Mode Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: When you select "SPORT" mode as
drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 6.

4-19

Instrument Cluster

ECO Mode Indicator Light (if equipped)

Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: When you select "ECO" mode as drive
mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 6.
N Mode Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: When you select "N" mode as drive
mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 6.
CUSTOM Mode Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: When you select "CUSTOM" mode as
drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 6.

This indicator light illuminates: This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
The Icy Road Warning function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Information
If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely, refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.

REV (Rev Matching) Indicator

Light

5(9

This indicator light illuminates: [White] When Rev Matching is turn on
in NORMAL mode.
[Yellow] When Rev Matching is turned on in SPORT mode.
[Red] When Rev Matching is turned on in N mode.
For more details, refer to "Rev Matching" in chapter 6.

4-20

LCD Display Messages Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you open or close door in the ACC position or ON position. The warning sound is heard when you close door without a smart key in vehicle.
When attempting to start the vehicle always have the smart key with you.
Key not detected (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button with key (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
Press START button again (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button again.
If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Low Key Battery (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.

Shift to P (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission)
This warning message is displayed if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P (Park) position.
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON position).
Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission)
This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.
Press clutch pedal to start engine (for smart key system and manual transmission)
This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal to start the engine.
Press START button again (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button again.
If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-21

Instrument Cluster

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission)
This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.
Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission)
This warning message is displayed if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
Information
You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices (if equipped)
This message is displayed if the battery voltage is weak due to any non-factory electrical accessories (ex. dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the warning message appears after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Door, Hood, Trunk open indicator
OCN7N041017L
This warning is displayed indicating which door, or hood, or trunk is open.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/trunk are fully closed. Also, check there is no door/hood/ trunk open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
OCN7N041018L
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

4-22

Lights mode

Low pressure

OIK040075L
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control. Wiper mode
OIK040077L
This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.

OCN7N041026L
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 8.
Heated Steering Wheel turned off (if equipped) This message is displayed if you turn off the heated steering wheel. For more details, refer to "Heated Steering Wheel" in chapter 5.
Low washer fluid (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

4-23

Instrument Cluster

Low fuel
This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.
Engine Overheated (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 8.
Check headlight (High) (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly.
In addition, if a specific lamp(turn signal lamp etc.) is not operating properly, the warning message according to a specific lamp (turn signal lamp etc.) is displayed. A corresponding bulb may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check headlight (Low) (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the headlight (Low) are not operating properly.
In addition, if a specific lamp(turn signal lamp etc.) is not operating properly, the warning message according to a specific lamp (turn signal lamp etc.) is displayed. A corresponding bulb may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating

Check turn signal (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check brake light (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the stop lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check daytime running light (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the daytime running lights are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check high mounted brake light (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the high mounted stop lamp are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlight. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-24

LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

OCN7N071128L

Switch

Function

MODE button for changing modes

MOVE switch for changing items

SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

4-25

Instrument Cluster

View Modes
View modes Symbol
Driving Assist
Sport
Trip Computer Turn By Turn (TBT)

Explanation This mode displays the state of : - Lane Keeping Assist - Driver Attention Warning For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 7. The Sport menu displays Oil Temp./Engine Temp., Turbo/ Torque, Lap Timer and G-Force. For more details, refer to the following pages.
This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc. For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
This mode displays the state of the navigation.

User Settings Warning

In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, etc.
- This mode displays warning messages related to the system malfunction, etc.
- Tire pressure information

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4-26

Driving Assist mode

Sport view

OCN7N071141L
LKA This mode displays the state of Lane Keeping Assist.
For more details, refer to each function information in chapter 7.

OOSN041026N
Oil Temp./Engine Temp. This mode displays information related to your engine such as oil temperature (1) and engine temperature (2).

OSU2B071088
Driver Attention Warning This mode displays the state of Driver Attention Warning.
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 7.

OCN7N041137N
Turbo/Torque This mode displays information related to your engine such as turbo (3) and torque (4).

4-27

Instrument Cluster

OBC3N040026

Lap timer (1) Best lap (2) Current lap

OBC3N040027

To start (A)
Press the OK button shortly on the steering wheel. The lap timer will start counting the current lap (2).

To stop (B)
Press and hold the OK button for more than 1 second on the steering wheel while the lap timer is counting the current lap (2).

OBC3N040028
To reset (C): Press and hold the OK button for more than 1 second on the steering wheel when the lap timer has stopped counting the current lap (2).
To save laps: Press the OK button shortly on the steering wheel while the lap timer is counting the current lap (2). From best lap (1) to No.4 lap (3) will be displayed. Press the OK button for more than 1 second on the steering wheel to reset the lap. Then the driver can start a new lap.
Information
Lap timer can be activated regardless of the mode settings (Drive mode or N mode).
NOTICE
If the N1(N2) button is set to 'Start lap timer', the N2(N1) button is automatically set to 'Stop & Reset lap timer' from the infotainment system. Then the driver can operate lap timer using the N1/N2 buttons as the one pair. For more details, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

4-28

Trip computer mode

OBC3N040029
G-Force This mode displays the force delivered to the vehicle laterally while the vehicle is in motion.

OOSN041024N
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed. For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

OIK047147N
Turn-by-turn navigation, distance/time to destination information is displayed when Turn by Turn view is selected.

4-29

Instrument Cluster Master warning mode

OIG059097L
This warning light informs the driver the following situations.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- LED headlight malfunction (if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur.
At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User Settings icon ( ), on the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear.

OCN7N041115L
Tire Pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 8.

4-30

User Settings Mode
OCN7040038L
In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Driver assistance 2. Door 3. Lights 4. Sound 5. Convenience 6. Service interval 7. Theme selection 8. Other 9. Language 10. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

Shift to P to edit settings / Engage parking brake to edit settings This warning message illuminates if you try to select an item from the User Settings mode while driving. Dual clutch transmission
For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift level to P(Park). Manual transmission For your safety, change the User Settings after engaging the parking brake.
Quick guide (Help) This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode. Select an item, press and hold the OK button. For more details about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
Information
When the infotainment system is applied, only the User's Setting mode on the infotainment system is supported but the User's Setting mode on the instrument cluster is not supported.

4-31

Instrument Cluster

1. Driver Assistance

Items
Driving Safety Auto OFF in N
mode

Explanation
Automatically disabling of the driving safety systems when N mode is selected.

Warning Timing

To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system. Standard / Late

Warning Volume

To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system. High / Medium / Low

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

To activate or deactivate Leading Vehicle Departure Alert.

Driver Attention Inattentive Driving Warning

Warning

To alert the driver's inattentive driving.

For more details, refer to "Driver attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 7.

Forward Safety

To adjust Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Active Assist / Warning Only / Off
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)"in chapter 7.

Lane Safety

To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist. Assist / Warning Only / Off

For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 7. Safe Exit Warning (SEW)

To activate or deactivate Safe Exit Warning.

Blind-Spot Safety

For more details, refer to "Safe Exit Warning (SEW)" in chapter 7. Active Assist / Warning Only / Off

For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" in chapter 7.
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

Parking Safety To activate or deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Safety. For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 7.

Ã The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4-32

2. Door

Items

Explanation

Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the

automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission shift lever is moved from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or

Auto Lock

D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine is running)

Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the

vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph (15km/h).

Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.

On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the

automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission shift lever is

moved to P (Park) position. (Only when the engine is running) Auto Unlock On key out/Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position.

Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all

Two Press Unlock

doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

To activate or deactivate the smart trunk. Smart Trunk For more details, refer to "Smart trunk" in chapter 5.

3. Lights

Items

Explanation

To adjust the illumination level. Illumination - Level 1~20
Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. One Touch 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times Turn Signal when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.

Headlight Delay
High Beam Assist

For more details, refer to "Lighting" in chapter 5. To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in chapter 5. To activate or deactivate High Beam Assist. For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 5.

4-33

Instrument Cluster

4. Sound

Items
Cluster Voice Guidance Volume
Welcome sound

Explanation To adjust the cluster voice guidance volume. To activate or deactivate the welcome sound.

5. Convenience

Items

Explanation

Seat Easy Access

Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated.
Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.

For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in chapter 5.

Rear

To activate or deactivate the rear occupant alert system.

Occupant Alert

For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)" in chapter 5.

On door unlock: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the welcome light turns on automatically when the doors are unlocked.

Welcome On driver approach: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded Mirror/Light and the welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is
approached with the smart key.

For more details, refer to `'Welcome System'' in chapter 5.

Wireless Charging System

To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
For more details, refer to "Wireless cellular phone charging system" in chapter 5.

Wiper/Lights Display

To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you changed the mode.

Icy Road Warning

To activate or deactivate the icy road warning function.

4-34

6. Service interval

Items
Enable Service Interval

Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Information
To use the service interval menu, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in : Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required : Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
7. Theme selection To select the style of instrument cluster graphic style and setting. Theme A / Theme B / Theme C

4-35

Instrument Cluster

8. Other

Items
Fuel Econ. Reset

Explanation
Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Speed Unit (if equipped)

To select the speed unit. (km/h, MPH)

Fuel Econ. Unit

To select the fuel economy unit. (km/L, L/100km, MPG)

Temperature Unit

To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F)

Tire Pressure Unit

To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)

9. Language (if equipped)

Items Language

Explanation Choose the language. You can choose the language in infotainment system. (if equipped)

10. Reset

Items Reset

Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

4-36

Trip Computer
The trip computer is a microcomputercontrolled driver information system that displays information related to driving.

Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Trip modes
Drive Info TULSGLstance AverDJHFXHOEconomy 7RWDOGULYLQJWLPH

OCN7N071128L
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.

Since refueling TULSGLstance AverDJHFXHOEconomy 7RWDOGULYLQJWLPH
Accumulated Info TULSGLstance AverDJHFXHOEconomy 7RWDOGULYLQJWLPH
Digital speedometer

OTMA040012
Drive info Trip distance (1), average fuel economy (2), and total driving time (3) are displayed.
The information is combined for each ignition cycle.
To reset manually, press the OK switch on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when `Drive Info' is displayed.

4-37

Instrument Cluster

Type A

Type B

Type A

Type B

OTMA040014

OOSN041027N

Since refuel(l)ing

Trip distance (1), average fuel economy (2), and total driving time (3) after the vehicle has been refueled are displayed.

To reset manually, press the OK switch on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when `Since Refueling' is displayed.

OTMA040016

OOSN041028N

Accumulated info

Accumulated trip distance (1), average fuel economy (2), and total driving time (3) are displayed.

The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.

To reset manually, press the OK switch on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when `Accumulated Info' is displayed.

Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last Engine Start/Stop button cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
Digital speedometer

4-38

OTMA040018
This message shows the speed of the vehicle.

9(+,&/(6(77,1*6,1)27$,10(176<67(0

Vehicle Settings in the infotainment system provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/ unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

Setting Your Vehicle

Vehicle Settings menu - Driver Assistance - Cluster - Climate - Light - Door - Convenience

OCN7N041122L

The information provided may differ depending on which features are applicable to your vehicle.

WARNING
Do not operate the Vehicle Settings while driving. This may cause distraction resulting in an accident.

OCN7N041093
1. Press the SETUP button on the main keyboard.
OCN7N041093L
2. Select `Vehicle' to change the Vehicle Settings.

OCN7N041123L
For detailed information, refer to the separately supplied infotainment system manual.
4-39

5. Convenience Features

Smart key........................................................................................................5-4 Locking...................................................................................................................... 5-4 Unlocking your vehicle (When the Two Press Unlock feature is off) .................... 5-5 Unlocking your vehicle (When the Two Press Unlock feature is on) .................... 5-6 Trunk Unlocking.........................................................................................................5-7 Panic Button ..............................................................................................................5-7 Remotely Starting Vehicle ........................................................................................5-7 Start-up..................................................................................................................... 5-8 Mechanical Key ........................................................................................................ 5-8 Loss of a Smart Key .................................................................................................. 5-8 Smart Key Precautions............................................................................................. 5-9 Battery Replacement ..............................................................................................5-10 Immobilizer System .................................................................................................5-11 Hyundai Digital Key................................................................................................. 5-12 Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ..................................................5-27 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .................................................... 5-28 Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features.......................................................... 5-30 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks .......................................................................... 5-30

Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ..........................................................................5-31 Rear Occupant Alert Operation.............................................................................. 5-31

Theft-Alarm System .................................................................................... 5-32

Steering Wheel............................................................................................. 5-33 Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) .................................................................. 5-33 Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ......................................................................... 5-34 Horn......................................................................................................................... 5-34

Mirrors .......................................................................................................... 5-35 Inside Rearview Mirror........................................................................................... 5-35 Side View Mirrors ...................................................................................................5-46

Windows .......................................................................................................5-48 Power Windows......................................................................................................5-49

Sunroof ......................................................................................................... 5-52 Sunshade ................................................................................................................ 5-52 Tilt Open/Close....................................................................................................... 5-53 Slide Open/Close ................................................................................................... 5-53 Automatic Reversal ................................................................................................ 5-54 Resetting the Sunroof ............................................................................................ 5-55 Sunroof Open Warning .......................................................................................... 5-55

Hood .............................................................................................................5-56

Trunk .............................................................................................................5-58 Emergency Trunk Safety Release.......................................................................... 5-59 Smart Trunk Release ..............................................................................................5-60

Fuel Filler Door .............................................................................................5-63

Exterior Lights ..............................................................................................5-65 Lighting Control...................................................................................................... 5-65 High Beam Operation ............................................................................................5-66 Turn Signals And Lane Change Signals................................................................. 5-67 Battery Saver Function ..........................................................................................5-68 Headlight Delay Function ......................................................................................5-68

High Beam Assist (HBA) .............................................................................5-69 Detecting Sensor....................................................................................................5-69 High Beam Assist Settings.....................................................................................5-69 High Beam Assist Operation..................................................................................5-69 High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations ................................................... 5-70

Interior Lights............................................................................................... 5-72

Interior Lamp AUTO Cut..........................................................................................5-72

Front Lamps.............................................................................................................5-72

Rear Lamp................................................................................................................5-73

Luggage Compartment Lamp ................................................................................5-74

Vanity Mirror Lamp..................................................................................................5-74

Welcome System.....................................................................................................5-75

Wipers and Washers .................................................................................... 5-76 Windshield wipers.................................................................................................. 5-76 Windshield Washers................................................................................................5-77

Manual Climate Control System ................................................................ 5-78 Heating and Air Conditioning................................................................................ 5-79 System Operation...................................................................................................5-85 System Maintenance ............................................................................................. 5-87

Automatic Climate Control System ............................................................5-89 Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning .............................................................5-90 Manual Heating and Air Conditioning ...................................................................5-91 System Operation................................................................................................... 5-97 System Maintenance .............................................................................................5-99

5. Convenience Features

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging ...................................................... 5-101 Manual Climate Control System........................................................................... 5-101 Automatic Climate Control System......................................................................5-102 Defogging Logic ...................................................................................................5-103 Auto Defogging System (only for automatic climate control system).............. 5-104 Defroster ................................................................................................................5-105

Climate Control Additional Features ........................................................ 5-106 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation.......................................................................... 5-106 Automatic Ventilation .......................................................................................... 5-106

Storage Compartment................................................................................5-107 Center Console Storage........................................................................................5-107 Glove Box ...............................................................................................................5-107

Interior Features......................................................................................... 5-108

Cup Holder............................................................................................................ 5-108

Sunvisor ................................................................................................................ 5-109

Power Outlet......................................................................................................... 5-109

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System .......................................................... 5-110

Clock .......................................................................................................................5-112 Coat Hook ...............................................................................................................5-113

Infotainment System .................................................................................. 5-114 USB Port................................................................................................................. 5-114 Antenna.................................................................................................................. 5-114 Steering Wheel Audio Control ...............................................................................5-115 Infotainment System............................................................................................. 5-116 Voice Recognition ................................................................................................. 5-116 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-free ...................................................... 5-116 How Vehicle Radio Works......................................................................................5-117

Convenience Features
SMART KEY

Locking

OCN7N051005N
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and trunk) and even start the engine. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Remote start 4. Trunk Unlock 5. Panic

OCN7N051078L
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and trunk.
2. Carry the smart key.
3. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key.
4. The hazard warning lights will blink. Also, the outside rearview mirror ZLOOIROGLIoe&RQYHQLHQFH:HOFRPH PLUURUOLJKW2QGRRUXQORFNLV selected from the User Settings mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 4.
5. Make sure the doors are locked by pulling the door outside handle.

Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.

5-4

Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur: The Smart Key is in the vehicle. The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position. Any door except the trunk is open.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

Unlocking your vehicle (When the Two Press Unlock feature is off)
Button type

Touch sensor type

OCN7050078

OCN7050093N
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key, press the button on the front door handle or touch the door unlock sensor inside of the front door handle to unlock the doors.
3. All of the doors will unlock. When the doors unlock, the hazard warning lights will blink two times.
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
If you do not open the door after unlocking within 30 seconds, it will return to the lock mode.
If you unlocked the door with the door handle, the doors cannot be locked with the sensor for up to 2 seconds.
5-5

Convenience Features

Unlocking your vehicle (When the Two Press Unlock feature is on)
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key, press the button on the front door handle or touch the door unlock sensor inside of the front door handle to unlock the doors.
3. 7KHGULYHUVGRRUZLOOXQORFN
4. If you press the button on the front door handle or touch the door unlock sensor inside of the front door handle to unlock the doors within 4 seconds, all of the doors unlock. When the doors unlock, the hazard warning lights will blink two times.
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
If you do not open the door after unlocking within 30 seconds, it will return to the lock mode.
The factory default setting is in off PRGHVR\RXVKRXOGVHWLQWKH8VHUV Settings mode.
If you unlocked the door with the door handle, the doors cannot be locked with the sensor for up to 2 seconds.

Two Press Unlock Feature The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors. Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
8VHU6HWWLQJV'RRU7ZR3UHVV8QORFN
Information
If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock.

5-6

Trunk Unlocking
To unlock: 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Either press inside the trunk emblem
or press the Trunk Unlock button (4) on the smart key for more than one second. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the trunk is opened and then closed, the trunk will lock automatically.
Information
After unlocking the trunk, the trunk will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless the trunk is opened.
Panic Button
Press and hold the Panic button (5) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.

Remotely Starting Vehicle
You can start the vehicle using the Remote Start button (3) on the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the smart key within 10 m (32 feet) from the vehicle.
2. Press the Remote Start button (3) for more than 2 seconds within 4 seconds after pressing the door lock button.
3. Press the door lock button (1), and then the hazard warning lights blink once to alert you.
4. To turn off the remote start function, press the Remote Start button (3) once.
Information
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the remote start function to start.
The engine turns off if you get on the vehicle without a registered smart key.
The engine turns off if you do not get on the vehicle within 10 minutes after remotely starting the vehicle.
The Remote Start button (4) may not operate if the smart key is not within 10 m (32 feet).
The vehicle will not remotely start if the engine hood or trunk is opened.
Do not idle the engine for a long period.

5-7

Convenience Features

Start-up
You can start the engine without inserting the key. For detailed information refer to the Engine Start/ Stop button in chapter 6.
Information
If the smart key is not moved for some time, the detection function for smart key operation will pause. Lift the smart key to activate the detection again.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key: Keep the smart key away from water
or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the smart key gets damp (due to drinks or moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction and may void the vehicle warranty. Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key. Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.

Mechanical Key
If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key.
OJSN048131
Press and hold the release button (1) and remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the door. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard.
Loss of a Smart Key
A maximum of two smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, it is recommended that you immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

5-8

Smart Key Precautions
The smart key will not work if any of the following occur: The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key. The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone. $QRWKHUYHKLFOHVVPDUWNH\LVEHLQJ operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be EORFNHGE\\RXUPRELOHSKRQHVQRUPDO operational signals.
This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/ or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the smart key and your mobile phone in the same location and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices.

Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference. 2. This device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
Information
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.

5-9

Convenience Features

Battery Replacement
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
OCN7N051006
OCN7N051007

Remove the smart key cover by turning the screwdriver clockwise by inserting the screwdriver (-) into the hole. Battery Type: CR2032 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear
cover of the smart key. 3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key. If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) and regulation.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON BATTERY If swallowed, a lithium button battery can cause severe or fatal injuries within 2 hours. Keep batteries out of reach of children. If you think batteries may have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention.

5-10

Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system helps protect your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the HQJLQHVIXHOV\VWHPLVGLVDEOHG
When the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, then press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.

WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference. 2. This device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device

5-11

Convenience Features

Hyundai Digital Key (if equipped)
Digital Key Application
To use Hyundai Digital Key mobile app, you should install Hyundai digital key DSSOLFDWLRQ6HDUFKoe+\XQGDLGLJLWDONH\ in the Google Play Store and download the app. Please refer to the detailed manual of the digital key app. The option can be found under the following app menu: 0HQX$SSOLFDWLRQ,QIR7XWRULDO
Please note the manual before using the app.
Ã This service is only available for Android smartphones. Please confirm supported/compatible devices on our website.

Digital key (smartphone) NFC function
You can use the Digital Key NFC (Near Field Communication) function after turning on your smartphone function in the NFC settings. And you should unlock & turn on smartphone screen to use it.
Ã To change the NFC mode of the smartphone, please refer to the smartphone manual or contact to the customer service center of smartphone manufacturers.

WARNING
For used vehicle
If any of the digital key (smartphone key or card key) is already registered when you press ON button after unlocking the doors, the message `Digital key(s) active' appears on the instrument cluster once. If you buy a used vehicle, you should confirm the message and delete the registered smartphone key and card key. In addition, please notify the Hyundai Customer Care Center.
If the card key does not work properly, please delete the card key and register the smartphone key and re-register the card key.
For vehicle maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key System repaired or replaced please ensure your Smartphone Key is still active. You may have to pair your phone again.
In this case, re-initialize your Digital Keys using the Hyundai Digital Key mobile app.

5-12

Digital key (smartphone)
ODN8A059129
ODN8A059240
Hyundai Digital Key (Smartphone) Pairing 1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key inside the vehicle during digital key registration. 2. Register your Digital key from the vehicle user setting menu as follows. Ã With Navigation screen : From the infotainment screen menu, go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] - [Smart Phone Key] then select the [Save] from submenu. Ã Without navigation screen : From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] - [Smart Phone Key] and select [Save].

Information
The [Save] button will be disabled if the digital key (Smartphone key) is already saved. Please refer to "Digital Key Delete" in this manual and follow the digital key delete procedure in your car before attempting a Digital key save. Please refer to the `Tutorial' on your Digital key app and delete the previous saved key in your smartphone before attempting a save.
3. Select the vehicle to save on your Digital key application and activate the save mode.
Ã Save mode is available only on WKHYHKLFOHRZQHUV'LJLWDONH\ application.
4. Place the backside of smartphone onto the wireless charging pad(invehicle authentication pad). The saving process will begin automatically.
5. Once the digital key save is complete, a message will be shown on the infotainment screen or cluster.
6. Remove the smartphone from the pad and complete the saving process.
OCN7N051070N [A] : Wireless Charging Pad (In-vehicle Authentication
Pad)

5-13

Convenience Features

ODN8A059129

3. Once the digital key delete is complete, a message will be shown on the infotainment screen or cluster.
4. Go to [Initialize Digital Key] menu on the digital key application and select the vehicle to delete the digital key information.
2SHQWKH+\XQGDL'LJLWDO.H\DSS 0HQX,QLWLDOL]H'LJLWDO.H\
Ã If the saved digital key information in your car is deleted due to vehicle maintenance, the digital key in your smartphone should be deleted as well.
Ã For more information, please refer to WKHoe7XWRULDORQ\RXU'LJLWDONH\DSS

ODN8A059130
Hyundai Digital Key (Smartphone Key) Deletion 1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart
key and make sure to keep the smart key inside the vehicle during delete process.
2. Delete your Digital key from the vehicle user setting menu as follows.
Ã With Navigation screen : From the infotainment screen menu, go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] - [Smart Phone Key] then select the [Delete] from submenu.
Ã Without navigation screen : From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] - [Smart Phone Key] and select [Delete].
Information
The [Delete] button will be disabled if there is no digital key (Smartphone key) saved.

CAUTION
If the smartphone is removed from the interior authentication pad during enrollment, the saving process will be canceled.
If the infotainment or instrument cluster screen is changed during enrollment, the saving process will be canceled.
If the vehicle is turned off during enrollment, the saving process will be canceled.
If the gear is shifted, the saving process will be canceled.
If you try to save the smartphone which is not logged in with the vehicle owner's ID or if you try to save the Card key, the saving process will not begin.
If the NFC setting on your smartphone is off, the saving process will not begin.
If the smartphone screen is changed to off or locked status, the saving process will be canceled.
If there is no Smart key during the save process, the saving process will not begin.

5-14

Set up main vehicle You can manage multiple digital keys from the Digital key app. From the list of digital keys you own, select the vehicle you want to make your priority vehicle. For more information, please refer to the `Tutorial' on your Digital key app.
OCN7050128 [1] : Door handle authentication pad
NFC door lock/unlock <RXVKRXOGWRXFK\RXUVPDUWSKRQHV NFC antenna(backside of phone) to door handle authentication pad (1) marked position near by the lock button) of GULYHUVRUIURQWSDVVHQJHUVRXWVLGH door for 2 seconds to lock or unlock the doors. If the Two Press Unlock feature is applied (press twice for unlocking), GULYHUVVHDWGRRUZLOOEHXQORFNHGE\ touching the digital key (smartphone key). In this state, if you touch one more time within 4 seconds, all the doors unlock. Please make sure the doors are locked. If you do not open any of the doors after unlocking, it automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.

Note that you cannot lock your vehicle when you touch NFC antenna in the smartphone to the door handle pad if any of the following occurs: The Proximity / Smart Key is in the
vehicle. The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position. Any of the doors, hood or trunk is
opened.
If the smartphone digital key does not work, please remove the smartphone more than 4 inches (0.1 m) from the door handle authentication pad and try it again.
Start-up with Digital Key
1. After placing your registered smartphone onto the interior authentication pad (wireless charger), step on the brake and press the Engine Start/Stop button.
2. After start-up, the digital key data will be automatically updated. It takes 5 to 20 seconds, after that, the smartphone will go into the wireless charging mode automatically. Once the engine is started, you may remove the smartphone from the pad.

OCN7N051070
[A] : Wireless Charging Pad (In-vehicle Authentication Pad)

5-15

Convenience Features

Information
After reconnecting the vehicle battery power supply or charging the battery, it may take time to operate due to remote renewal of security information. When you lock or unlock the door with NFC, please touch and hold your smartphone on the door handle until it works. When the mobile data connection of the smartphone is weak, the remote renewal of security information may fail. In this case, you should lock, unlock or turn on the vehicle with the card key. When you are in the place where the mobile data connection of your smartphone is available and place your smartphone on the interior authentication pad (wireless charger) and start up your vehicle or touch the digital key on the door handle to lock or unlock the door, the remote renewal of security information starts automatically. Even though the engine is turned on, please wait until the remote renewal process is completed and wireless charger is converted to charging mode.
CAUTION
The engine can be turned on if the registered smartphone or card key is placed on the interior authentication pad (wireless charger). Do not leave unsupervised children or people who are not aware of the system since it can result in serious injury or death. Always have the registered digital key (smartphone) or card key with you to prevent vehicle theft when leaving the vehicle.
For more information, refer to the Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.

Remote Control with Digital Key
To use the remote control function with your android smartphone, Bluetooth must be turned on.
Remote Control Connection with Digital Key
1. Open Hyundai digital key application on the smartphone. Select the vehicle to activate the remote control function as a main vehicle.
2. Approach with the activated smartphone app to your vehicle and you can check whether the connection is available. If it enables your smartphone to connect, connect with your vehicle by pressing the connect button. The remote control function is activated after completing the process.
Remote Control Operation with Digital Key
You can execute the remote control operation including door lock/unlock, panic on/off, remote start / remote stop and trunk opening. The icon for each function will be highlighted and alarm/vibration also provided when the operation is performed.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the Hyundai digital key app if any of the following occurs: The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position. Any doors are open.
When the smartphone and the vehicle are connected by the Bluetooth function but the remote control command cannot be received over 5 minutes, the remote control connection is canceled automatically.

5-16

CAUTION
If metallic window tint was applied to your vehicle, it may cause bad Bluetooth connection or performance degradation of the digital key.
If multiple users operate the remote control function simultaneously, the connection between the digital key and the vehicle might result in failed commands. Please connect and operate the remote control function only with the necessary user.
When using the remote control operation, the driver (the remote control user) should leave the vehicle after confirming the door lock (the chime sounds once and the hazard warning lights blink).
The remote functions of the Digital Key app enables the vehicle to be controlled from a set distance. If the digital key or the vehicle goes beyond the operable distance, the remote control function might be disconnected or canceled.
If the digital key (smartphone) is connected with the vehicle for the remote control, the driver with the key goes far away from the vehicle, the function might not work.
If the remote control operation is executed where the mobile connection is weak, Bluetooth connection is poor due to several Bluetooth devices or there is an object such as metal or concrete, it might be delayed or the operable distance might decrease. You should not cover the smartphone with your hand or place other devices which can cause frequency interference. It may result in poor performance.
If the remote control function is not available, please use NFC function to lock or unlock the doors.

Remote Start with Digital Key When the shift lever of your vehicle
is in P (Park) and all of the doors including trunk and hood is locked and the vehicle is off, press the Door Lock button in the Hyundai Digital Key app then press the Remote Start button within 4 seconds. You can confirm the engine is on if the hazard warning lights blinks two times and the chime sounds. If you want to turn off the engine, press Remote Engine Stop. Air Conditioner / Heating system maintains the same status as when you last used the vehicle. Unless you put the registered digital key(smartphone) on the interior authentication pad (wireless charger) when the remote start function is on, the engine will turn off. If you do not get into the vehicle within 10 minutes after the engine turns on, the vehicle will turn off.
For more information, refer to the Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.
Vehicle information Display
The digital key application displays the vehicle information such as driving or door conditions through the communication with the vehicle. How to check : Select the vehicle
what you want to check and touch the vehicle image, then vehicle information display page will be shown. Contents : accumulated odometer, latest fuel economy, driving range, fuel remaining, tire pressure, doors lock/unlock status and last data updated time.
Ã Displayed vehicle data could be differed from the current vehicle condition.
Ã For more information, please refer to the `Tutorial' on your Digital key app.

5-17

Convenience Features

Smartphone change/App deletion If you change your smartphone or delete the Hyundai Digital Key App, please refer to the following to set up your Digital Key:
Smartphone Change/ Reset
If you change or reset the smartphone, the registered digital key in your previous smartphone may not be used. Please refer to following procedure to use the digital key.
1. Install the digital key application and log in.
2. If you are the owner, retry the Digital key save process.
3. If you are the sharer, need to re-share the key from owner.
App delete & reinstall/ Delete App data
You can re-download the digital key from the server and follow these procedures.
1. Reinstall the application and log in.
2. Input the PIN number for user verification.
3. If PIN is correct, digital key data will be re-downloaded to your smartphone and you can use it without any further registration or sharing.
Smartphone operability with Digital Key
The digital key application may not be available to older type smartphones. Please check the available smartphone models with your dealer. NFC antenna position on the smartphone can be FRQILUPHGRQHDFKVPDUWSKRQHVPDQXDO or contact to customer service center of the smartphone manufacturer.

CAUTION
Do not leave the registered digital key (smartphone) and card key in your vehicle. Please carry around your keys all the time.
If you happen to lose your digital key (smartphone) or card key registered as a main user's key, you should immediately delete the key on the vehicle's key menu. For more information, refer to the Digital Key Deletion in this chapter.
If you registered your digital key (smartphone) or card key in the vehicle, a message appears on the instrument cluster and informs you that the key is registered. (Message: Digital key(s) active.)
If you buy a used vehicle, you should confirm the message and delete the registered smartphone key and card key. In this case, you should carry your smart key.
If you keep the NFC card of the digital key on the interior authentication pad (wireless charger) while driving, it may cause a malfunction of the NFC card.
You should remove your NFC card of the digital key on the interior authentication pad after turning on the engine.
Hyundai digital key app may not work properly when the NFC or Bluetooth communication between smartphone and car is poor.
If the remote control operation is executed where the mobile connection is weak, Bluetooth connection is poor due to other Bluetooth devices or there is an object such as metal or concrete, it might be delayed or the operable distance might decrease. You should not cover the smartphone with your hand or place other devices which can cause frequency interference. It may result in poor performance.

5-18

If the remote control function is not activated, please use NFC function to lock or unlock the doors
You should be careful not to press the remote control button on the digital key (smartphone) accidentally.
If the digital key (smartphone) is discharged or defective or you cannot use the digital key since the vehicle battery is discharged, use the inside door lock button to lock all of the doors.
CAUTION
Hyundai digital key app on the smartphone and card key may not work if any of the following occurs:
- Hyundai digital key app on the smartphone is deleted. (Required to reinstall the app)
- Account log in information of Hyundai digital key app is expired. (Required to re-log in)
- When you try to log in to another smartphone instead of the registered smartphone with same user account.
- Smartphone rooting or app hacking is detected.
- Smartphone battery or the vehicle battery is discharged.
- Smartphone's screen is off or locked.
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off on the smartphone settings.
- Smartphone's mobile network setting is off or airplane mode is activated.
- A credit card is overlapped in the back of your smartphone or metal or thick case is used.
- The card key is overlapped with other credit cards or the key is used as inserted in the wallet or card wallet.

- If you use a smart phone cover that uses wireless communication or is made of metal, the digital key NFC function may not work properly. Remove the smart phone cover before using the digital key NFC function.
The vehicle may not be controlled by the smartphone if any of the following occurs:
- Basic and necessary functions of the smartphone manufacturer are operating. (General call, urgent call, audio or NFC payment)
- Wireless earphone is operating. (General call, urgent call or audio)
- The digital key app function such as basic setting or app launching is limited by prior policy according to the manufacturer while using a smartphone produced by domestic and foreign manufactures.
Ã If you change the smartphone number, you should modify the user account information on the HYUNDAI customer web site to use the digital key app.
Ã If the vehicle owner changes the smartphone device, the new smartphone should be registered in the car after deleting the registered digital key(smartphone).
Ã If a sharer changes or resets the smartphone, the key should be reshared from owner.
Ã Some older smartphones may not work properly. Please check the available smartphone models with your dealer.
Ã NFC antenna position on the smartphone can be confirmed on each smartphone's manual or contact to customer service center of the smartphone manufacturer.

5-19

Convenience Features

Digital key (Card key)
ODN8A059243
ODN8A059131
Digital key (Card key) save 1. Install Hyundai digital key app in
PDLQXVHUVVPDUWSKRQHDQGUHJLVWHU the digital key (smartphone). Please refer to the registration method of the digital key (smartphone). 2. Using the [Pair Card Key] menu on the digital key application, you can activate the Card Key registration mode. Ã NFC authentication : enter the NFC authentication menu and touch the smartphone on the outside door handle. Ã Bluetooth authentication : enter the Bluetooth authentication menu and press the [OK] button for activation. If you activate the registration mode, you should complete the Card saving process with in 5 minutes. Ã If you have not registered the digital key (smartphone), please register the digital key (card key) with two smart keys. 5-20

3. Register the NFC card key on the 8VHUV6HWWLQJVPHQXDIWHUWXUQLQJRQ the vehicle.
Ã With Navigation screen : From the infotainment screen menu, go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] [Card Key] then select the [Save] from submenu.
Ã Without navigation screen : From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] [Card Key] and select [Save].
The [Save] button will be disabled if the digital key (Card key) is already saved.
Please refer to "Digital Key Delete" in this manual and follow the digital key delete procedure in your car before Digital key save.
4. Place the NFC card key onto the interior authentication pad (wireless charger). The saving process will begin automatically.
5. If the key is enrolled, the message will be displayed on the infotainment screen or instrument cluster.
Information
Once the card key registration mode is activated, the process should be completed within 5 minutes. After then, you should reactivate once again for registration.
For the digital key(card key) saving, the smart key(fob) must be inside the vehicle.
Once a Card key is registered, it cannot be reused in another vehicle.

05
To delete the saved digital key (card key), the smart key must be inside the vehicle.
The deleted digital key (card key) can be re-registered before registering a new digital key (card key).
If you register a new digital key (card key), the previously registered digital key (card key) cannot be used again.
ODN8A059243
ODN8A059132
Digital key (Card key) deletion You should have the smart key to delete digital key (card key). Please have the smart key in your possession. 1. Get into the vehicle with the smart
key. 2. 'HOHWHWKH1)&FDUGNH\RQWKH8VHUV
Settings menu after turning on the engine. Ã With Navigation screen : From the infotainment screen menu, go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] [Card Key] then select the [Delete] from submenu. Ã Without navigation screen : From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] [Card Key] and select [Delete]. If there is no saved digital key(card key), [Delete] menu will not be activated.
5-21

Convenience Features

OCN7050128
[1] : Door handle authentication pad
NFC door lock/unlock
You should touch digital key (card key) to door handle authentication pad (1, marked position near by the lock button) RIGULYHUVRUIURQWSDVVHQJHUVRXWVLGH door for 2 seconds to lock or unlock the doors. If the Two Press Unlock feature is applied (press twice for unlocking), GULYHUVVHDWGRRUZLOOEHXQORFNHGE\ touching the digital key (card key). In this state, if you touch one more time within 4 seconds, all the doors unlock.

Inoperable condition
If you do not touch the digital key (card key) to the center of the door handle authentication pad accurately. it may not work. In addition, if you overlap and use the key with NFC-enabled cards such as transportation card or credit card, it may not work.
Note that if you try to lock your vehicle with digital key (card key) in following cases, the doors will not be locked and chime will sound for 3 seconds.
The Smart Key is in the vehicle. The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position.
Any of the doors, hood or trunk are open
If the digital key (card key) does not work, please move the card 4 inches (0.1m) away from the handle authentication pad and retry to touch. If the card key is damaged by impact, it may not operate properly or at all. You should buy a new card and register again. Long-time exposure to high temperature may cause the card key to malfunction. Please be careful not to expose the key to direct sunlight or high temperature.

5-22

Start-up with Card key
After placing your registered card key onto the interior authentication pad (wireless charger), step on the brake and press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Type A

WARNING
If you do not place the digital key (card key) onto the center of the interior authentication pad (wireless charger) exactly, the card key may not be recognized. If the engine is not turned on, adjust and place the key again.
If you overlap and use the key with NFC-enabled cards such as transportation card or credit card, the card key may not be recognized.
If the digital key (card key) does not work, please move the card 4 inches (0.1m) away from the handle authentication pad and retry to touch.
If the card key is damaged by impact, it may not operate properly or at all. You should buy a new card and register again.
For more information, refer to the Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.

Type B

ODN8A059133

ODN8A059247
Digital key application/cancellation
If you do not want to use the digital key (smartphone and card key), you can disable the function temporarily. You should have the smart key when you change the settings
Ã With Navigation screen : From the infotainment screen menu, go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] - [Enable Digital Keys] (deselect)
Ã Without navigation screen : From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] - [Enable Digital Keys] (deselect)

Information
If you do not have the smart key in your possession, you cannot deselect [Enable digital keys]. However, if you want to select [Enable digital keys] again, you do not need to have the smart key in your possession.

5-23

Convenience Features

CAUTION
If you uncheck Enable digital keys, it is impossible to lock or unlock the doors or start up the vehicle with digital keys such as smartphone and card key. If you check Enable digital keys again, the registered digital keys(smartphone and card key) are available. Even though you stop the digital key function, the registered keys (smartphone and card key) are not deleted.
Personalized profile and vehicle settings
Connect the registered digital key with personalized profile. Then in case you lock or unlock the door with the digital key NFC function or unlock the door remotely by digital key application Bluetooth connection, the vehicle will play the personalized user profile settings. Profile connection and personalization are available for Driver 1 and Driver 2.

Profile link/unlinked Profile link 6HOHFW6HWXS8VHU3URILOH
3URILOH6HWWLQJV/LQN'LJLWDO.H\ (Smartphone) on the infotainment system menu.
2. Unlock your digital key installed smart phone screen and place it onto the wireless charger according to a message.
3. It begins the profile link with a message.
4. If you select Link, the registered SKRQHQXPEHUVGLJLWDONH\DQGWKH XVHUVSURILOHDUHOLQNHG
5. The interconnection process is completed with a message.
Profile unlink
1. Select Digital Key information on infotainment Vehicle Settings menu. It is possible to unlink only if the profile is interconnected.
2. Profile unlink is completed with a message.

Information
If you connect both Driver 1 and Driver 2 with a single smartphone, the smartphone digital key always works as Driver 1. If you unlink the Driver 1, personalization function will operate as Driver 2.

5-24

PRECAUTION for vehicle profile link and unlink
When you link or unlink the profile of digital key, you should be careful of the following.
Profile link is possible to use with the digital key. (Infotainment Vehicle 6HWWLQJV0RGH'LJLWDO.H\(QDEOH Digital Keys)
Profile link information remains even when you disable the digital key function.
Only the smart phone with digital key app enables you to link your profile. (Impossible to link with NFC card)
Profile link works only when the smart phone and the digital key are registered to the vehicle. The smart SKRQHZLWKDQRWKHUYHKLFOHVGLJLWDO key cannot link profile.
If you remove the smart phone from the wireless charger before completing the profile link, it does not work.
To unlink the profile, the smart phone does not need to be on the wireless charger.

Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with digital key works as following conditions:
7RXFKWKHGULYHUVGRRUKDQGOHZLWK the profile linked smart phone to lock or unlock the doors (Personalization does not operate when locking or unlocking the front passenger door.)
Remote door unlock with the profile linked smartphone digital key app.
The profile linked with digital key can be changed manually in the infotainment system setup screen.

Precaution for digital key profile link and unlink
Profile operation according to door lock/ unlock system is as follows.

Item
Initial value Profile linked smart phone
key Profile unlinked
smart phone key
NFC card key Smart key

Personalization Operation Guest
Linked profile
Recently activated profile

The personalization function using the digital key can be operated after linking the digital key on the infotainment system profile menu.
You should use the personalization function only when the vehicle is safely parked.

5-25

Convenience Features

Vehicle personalization with digital key The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.

System USM

Personalization Item

Air conditioning

Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/ Automatic ventilation/Window defroster On/Off

Cluster

Information display on the cluster, Voice volume, Welcome sound

Lamp

Blink number of one-touch signal lamps

Door

Automatic door lock/unlock, Two Press Unlock

Infotainment menu

Navigation

Preferred volume of the navigation system Recent destination

User preset Radio preset, My menu list settings

Air conditioning (for automatic climate control
system)

Operating condition

Latest operation setup of the following functions:
Temperature, AUTO, air flow direction, air volume, air conditioner, air intake control, SYNC, Front windshield defroster, OFF

For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

CAUTION
If you leave the digital key after locking or unlocking the doors or starting up the vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked by the central door lock. Please carry the digital key at all times.

5-26

DOOR LOCKS Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
OCN7050009
1. Press the lever located under the cover with mechanical key. (1)
2. While pushing the lever so that the mechanical key does not fall out of the cover hole, slowly push it towards the rear of the vehicle and remove the cover. (2)
3. $IWHUUHPRYLQJWKHFRYHURQO\GULYHUV door can be locked or unlocked by using mechanical key.
4. Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to lock and toward the front of the vehicle to unlock. (3)
,I\RXORFNXQORFNWKHGULYHUVGRRUZLWK DNH\WKHGULYHUVGRRUZLOOORFNXQORFN automatically. Once the door is unlocked, it may be opened by pulling the door handle. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

Information
Be careful when locking the door by mechanical key operation, only the driver's door can be locked/unlocked.
Refer to Chapter 5 "Operating door locks from inside the vehicle" to lock from inside the vehicle.
When all doors are locked with the mechanical key, lock all doors by using the central door lock switch inside the vehicle. Open the door using the driver's inner door handle, and then close the door and lock the driver's door with mechanical key operation.
Information
When removing the cover, be careful not to lose cover and any scratches. When the key cover freezes and does not open, lightly tap or indirectly warm(hand temperature, etc.) it. Do not apply excessive force to the door and door handle. It may be damaged.

5-27

Convenience Features Smart key

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
With the door handle

OCN7N051078L
To lock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press the door lock button on the smart key.
To unlock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press the door unlock button on the smart key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
Two press unlock setting can be changed in the User Settings mode on the cluster.

OCN7050010
Front door If the inner door handle is pulled when the door is locked, the door will unlock and open.
Rear door If the inner door handle is pulled once when the door is locked, the door will unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled once more, the door will open.
If any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the central door lock switch is pressed.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit: Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.

5-28

With the central door lock switch
Driver's door
OCN7N051083N
When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. - If any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the central door lock switch (1) is pressed.
When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
Doors indicating light (3) When all vehicle doors are locked, the LQGLFDWLQJOLJKWVRQWKHGULYHUVGRRU DQGSDVVHQJHUVGRRUZLOOWXUQRQ,I any door is unlocked, it would go off.
WARNING
The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.

WARNING
Do not leave the elderly, children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to the elderly, unattended children or animals who cannot escape from the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.
WARNING
Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.

5-29

Convenience Features

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)
All doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system (if equipped)
All doors will be automatically locked when vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
You can activate or deactivate the Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 4. If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
OCN7N051129N
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) (1) into the hole and turn it to the lock position. To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.

WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

5-30

5($52&&83$17$/(5752$

Rear Occupant Alert helps prevent the driver from leaving a passenger in the rear seats.
Rear Occupant Alert Operation

WARNING
Rear Occupant Alert provides information to the driver to check the rear seats but it does not detect whether there is an object or passenger. Always check the rear seats when leaving the vehicle.

OCN7050135L
When the driver turns off the engine and RSHQVWKHGULYHUVGRRUDIWHURSHQLQJDQG closing a rear door, a warning message "Check rear seats" appears on the cluster.

Information
The open and close history of the rear door is initialized if the driver turns off the engine and lock vehicle doors. However, the alarm may sound again whenever the driver's door is opened if the previous history of the rear door is not initialized.

5-31

Convenience Features

7+()7$/$506<67(0
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur:
- A door is opened without using the smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the trunk. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the trunk from outside the vehicle with the smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening any door, the trunk, or the hood without using the smart key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the trunk, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the trunk, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.

Information
Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
If the vehicle is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the engine by directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key.
If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the trunk is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.

5-32

STEERING WHEEL
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort.
Also, the steering effort becomes heavier DVWKHYHKLFOHVVSHHGLQFUHDVHVDQG EHFRPHVOLJKWHUDVWKHYHKLFOHVVSHHG decreases for better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the Motor Driven Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.
When an abnormality is detected in the Motor Driven Power Steering system, to prevent an accident, the steering assist function may become inoperative. At this time, the warning light turns on or blinks on the cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Have your vehicle checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe area.

Information
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation: The steering effort may be high
immediately after setting the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the MDPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition. When the battery voltage is low, you may have to put more steering effort. However, it is a temporary condition so that it will return to normal condition after charging the battery. A click noise may be heard from the MDPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or OFF position. Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed. When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition. When an error is detected from the MDPS, the steering effort assist function may become inoperative in order to prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

5-33

Convenience Features

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After locking the lever, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged.
Horn

OCN7N051013
To adjust the steering wheel angle and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and height (3, if equipped). Move the steering wheel, so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.

OCN7N051016
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

5-34

MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to see that your inside rearview mirror is properly positioned. Adjust the rearview mirror so that the view through the rear window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear head restraints which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)
OCN7050017L [A] : Lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

5-35

Convenience Features

Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system (if equipped) Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System. During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.
OCN7050084N
(1) HomeLink Channel 1 (2) HomeLink Channel 2 (3) HomeLink Channel 3 (4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed (5) HomeLink Operation Indicator (6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened (7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision SafetyTM (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped) The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System The HomeLink® Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio-frequency transmitters used to activate compatible devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, and home lighting.
NOTICE
HomeLink® operates while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position for safety reasons. It is to prevent unintentional security problems from happening when the vehicle is parked outside the garage.

5-36

WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage. Do not use the HomeLink® with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U.S. federal safety standards (this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling the door to stop and reverse - does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.
For more information, contact HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or call Home-Link customer support at 1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the handheld transmitter of the device being trained to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency.

1. Programming HomeLink® The following steps show how to program HomeLink. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink website or call the HomeLink customer support toll-free number. Do this, before going back to the dealer who sold you the car. Visit the HomeLink website at: www.
homelink.com. Then at the top of the page, choose your vehicle make. Then watch the You Tube video, and/or access additional website information. If you choose to access the website via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
Or, call HomeLink customer support at 1-800-355-3515 (Please have the vehicle make/model AND the opener device make/model readily available.)

5-37

Convenience Features 1) Programming Preparation

2) Programming a New HomeLink®

OCN7050084N
1. When programming a garage door opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the handheld transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radiofrequency signal.
3. Set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ACC (Accessory) position for programming of HomeLink.

OCN7N051214N
1. Press and release the HomeLink button (1), (2) or (3), you would like to program. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will flash orange slowly (if not, perform the steps of "Erasing HomeLink Buttons" section, and start over).

OCN7N051215N
2. Position the garage door opener remote 1 3 inches (2 8cm) away from the HoleLink buttons.

5-38

3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is flashing orange, press and hold the hand-held remote button. Continue pressing the handheld remote button until the HomeLink indicator light (7) light changes from orange to green. You may now release the handheld remote button.
4. Wait until your garage door comes to a complete stop, regardless of position, before proceeding to the next steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink button you are programming and observe the indicator light.
If the indicator light remains solid green, your device should operate when the HomeLink button is pressed. At this point, if your device operates, programming is complete.
If the indicator light rapidly flashes green, firmly press, hold for two seconds and release the HomeLink button up to three times in a row slowly to complete the programming process. Do not press the HomeLink button rapidly. At this point if your device operates, programming is complete. If the device does not operate, continue with step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor, (security gate motor, etc.) locate the "Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit (see WKHGHYLFHVPDQXDOWRLGHQWLI\WKLV button). The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.

ODL3A040504
Ã A ladder and/or second person may simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the "Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program" button. You now have up to 30 seconds in which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for two seconds and release, the HomeLink button up to three times in a row slowly. Do not press the HomeLink button rapidly. As soon as you see the garage door start to move, stop pressing any buttons until a few seconds after the garage door has come to a complete stop, regardless of position. At this point, programming is complete and your device should operate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released.

5-39

Convenience Features

3) Two-Way Communication
Programming (For select garage door
openers)
If your garage door opener has the oeP\4ORJRRQLWVVLGH\RXURSHQHU likely has Two-Way Communication capability. HomeLink has the capability to establish Two-Way Communication with your garage door opener. HomeLink can receive and display "closing" or "opening" status messages from compatible garage door openers. At any time, Home-Link can also recall and display the last recorded status communicated by the garage door opener to indicate your garage door being "closed" or "opened".
To check if your garage door opener is compatible with this feature, refer to www.homelink.com/compatible/Twoway-Communication. If your garage door opener has this functionality, AND the Two-Way Communication indicators (4), (6) in the mirror appear while the garage door is opening/closing, then no further steps are needed. Two-Way Communication Programming is already complete. However, if your garage door opener has this functionality, AND the Two-Way Communication indicators (4), (6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while the garage door is opening/closing, use the following instructions to enable this functionality.
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 seconds, then release. Confirm that the garage door is moving. AFTER it stops, you will have one minute to complete the following steps:
Ã A ladder and/or second person may simplify the following steps.

2. On your garage door opener in your garage, locate the "Learn" button (usually near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the garage door opener). If there is difficulty locating this button, reference the GHYLFHVRZQHUVPDQXDO
3. Press and release the "Learn" button.
4. A light on your garage door opener may flash, and your Two-Way Communication indicators (4), (6) in your vehicle may flash, confirming completion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button to activate your garage door. The Two-Way Communication indicators (4), (6) flash in orange when the door is moving. Do not make any additional button presses until AFTER the garage door has come to a complete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has TwoWay Communication functionality, it is possible for HomeLink to stop functioning the garage door shortly after initial programming, IF the TwoWay Communication Programming wasn't properly completed. This usually happens after the first 10 times a programmed HomeLink button is pressed. If you experience this, completing the "Programming a New HomeLink Button" and "Two-Way Communication Programming" will restore door operation.

5-40

4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter remote signals to "timeout" (or quit) after a couple seconds of transmission, which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the programming procedures, replace "Programming a New HomeLink Button" step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is flashing orange, press and release F\FOH\RXUGHYLFHVKDQGKHOGUHPRWH every two seconds until the HomeLink indicator light (7) changes from orange to green. You may now release the handheld remote button. Then proceed with "Programming a New HomeLink Button" step 4.

2. Operating HomeLink® 1) Operating HomeLink®
OJX1050294N
1. Press and release the desired programmed HomeLink button (1, 2 or 3).
Information
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light green, solid or flashing, and your programmed device should operate. If your device does not operate, the HomeLink programming was not successful, and you'll need to reprogram the button.

5-41

Convenience Features

2) Two-Way Communication Display Behavior
OCN7050088N
1. Press and release one of the programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3).
OCN7N051216N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as below, if your garage door opener has Two-Way Communication functionality.

If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "Closing".
The indicator (4) turns solid green once the garage door has closed.
If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "Opening".
The indicator (6) turns solid green once the garage door has fully opened.
If the indicator (4) or (6) does not turn to green, it indicates that the last status of garage door was not received properly. The HomeLink mirror tries to receive the last known status of the garage door for a few seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way Communication provides a way to view the last stored message from the garage door opener. In order to recall the last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously. If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last activated device was "closed" properly. If the indicator (6) appears solid Green, it indicates that the last activated device was "open" properly.

5-42

3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons 1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single
HomeLink® Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button you want to re-program. DO NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will illuminate solid green. Release the button as soon as the HomeLink indicator light (7) begins to flash orange, usually about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the "Programming a New HomeLink Button" section.
Information
If you do not complete the reprogramming of a new device to the button, it will revert to the previously stored programming.

2) The following instructions will erase ALL HomeLink® programming from ALL buttons:
OCN7N051217N
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3) simultaneously.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will illuminate solid Orange for about 10 seconds.
3. Release the buttons once the HomeLink indicator light (7) changes to Green and flashes rapidly.
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1), (2) and (3) are cleared of any programming.
Information
HomeLink® and the HomeLink® House logo are registered trademarks of Gentex Corporation. The myQ logo is a registered trademark of The Chamberlain Group, Inc.

5-43

Convenience Features

FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules part 15 and Innovation, Science, and Economic Development Canada RSS210. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation. WARNING: The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and ISED rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void WKHXVHUVDXWKRULW\WRRSHUDWHWKH device.
This equipment complies with FCC and ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End Users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This transmitter must be at least 20cm from the user and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux règlements de la FCC, section 15, et DX&15G,QQRYDWLRQ6FLHQFHVHW Dhveloppement économique Canada. Le fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne GRLWSDVFDXVHUGLQWHUI¨UHQFHVQXLVLEOHV et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y compris celle qui pourrait entraîner un dysfonctionnement. 0,6((1*$5'(/¨PHWWHXUDVXELGHV tests et est conforme aux règlements GHOD)&&HWG,6'(/HVFKDQJHPHQWV ou modifications non approuvés explicitement par la partie responsable de la conformité pourraient rendre FDGXTXHODXWRULVDWLRQGHOXWLOLVDWHXUGH se servir du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites GH[SRVLWLRQDX[UDGLDWLRQVGHOD)&&HW G,6'(¨WDEOLHVSRXUXQHQYLURQQHPHQW non contrôlé. Les utilisateurs finaux doivent respecter les instructions GXWLOLVDWLRQVS¨FLILTXHVSRXUVDWLVIDLUH aux exigences de conformité aux H[SRVLWLRQVGH5)/¨PHWWHXUGRLW se trouver à 20 cm au minimum de OXWLOLVDWHXUHWQHGRLWSDV©WUHVLWX¨DX P©PHHQGURLWTXHWRXWDXWUH¨PHWWHXU ou antenne ni fonctionner avec un autre émetteur ou antenne.
Méjico
La operación de este equipo está sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo pueda no causar interferencia dañina, y (2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben aceptar cualquier interferencia, que incluye la interferencia que puede causar su operación no deseada.

5-44

HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart

ODL3A040518
5-45

Convenience Features

Side View Mirrors
OCN7N051019N
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.

WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

5-46

Side View Mirror Adjustment

05
Folding the side view mirrors

OCN7N050001N
1. Press either the L (left side) or R (right side) button (1) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.

OCN7N051022L
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.

5-47

Convenience Features
WINDOWS

(1) 'ULYHUVGRRUSRZHUZLQGRZVZLWFK (2) )URQWSDVVHQJHUVGRRUSRZHU
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch

OCN7N050002N
(5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window (7) Power window lock switch

5-48

Power Windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that GRRUVZLQGRZ7KHGULYHUKDVD3RZHU Window Lock switch which can block the operation of rear passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 3 minutes after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 3 minutes period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.
Information
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.

Window opening and closing
OCN7050082
To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop.
To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
Auto down window (if equipped) Pressing the power window switch down momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

5-49

Convenience Features

To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)
OCN7050026
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.

5-50

NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows. The automatic reverse feature may not operate.
Power window lock switch
OCN7050027
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger power window Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows.
NOTICE
To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

WARNING
NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine is running.
NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselve s in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others.
Always double check to make sure arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child.
Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.

5-51

Convenience Features

681522),)(48,33('
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof switch located on the overhead console.

Sunshade

OCN7050028
The sunroof can only be operated when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
The sunroof can be operated for approximately 3 minutes after the the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front door is open, the sunroof cannot be operated even within the 3 minute period.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause injury, or property damage.
Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof bars are installed on the vehicle or when there is luggage on the roof.

OCN7050029
Use the sunshade to block direct sunlight coming through the sunroof glass. Open or close the sunshade by hand.
Information
The sunshade opens automatically when the sunroof glass is opened, but the sunshade does not close automatically when the sunroof glass is closed. Also, only the sunshade cannot be closed when the sunroof glass is opened.
NOTICE
Do not pull the sunshade up or down, or apply excessive force as such action may damage the sunshade or cause it to malfunction.

5-52

Tilt Open/Close

Slide Open/Close

OCN7051144
Push the sunroof switch upward, the sunroof glass tilts open.
Push the sunroof switch forward when the sunroof glass is tilt opened, the sunroof glass closes.
The sunroof glass tilts open or closes while the switch is pushed.
Information
The sunroof glass cannot slide open and tilt open at the same time. You cannot tilt the sunroof glass open while the sunroof glass is slide open. Also, you cannot slide the sunroof glass open while the sunroof is tilt open. Slide open or tilt open the sunroof glass when the sunroof glass is completely closed.

OCN7N051031
Push the sunroof switch rearward, the sunshade and sunroof glass slide open.
Push the sunroof switch forward, only the sunroof glass closes.
Push the sunroof switch forward or rearward to the first detent position, the sunroof glass moves until the switch is released.
Push the sunroof switch forward or rearward to the second detent position, the sunroof glass operates automatically (auto slide feature). To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof switch in any direction.
The sunroof glass stops halfway (first detent position) before it is fully opened. To fully open the sunroof glass, push the sunroof switch rearward once more. At this time, the sunroof glass opens only while the switch is pushed.
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof switch in any direction.

Information
To reduce wind noise while driving, we recommend that you drive at the recommended position (first detent position) before the maximum slide open position.

5-53

Convenience Features

Automatic Reversal
ODH043039
If the sunroof glass senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop at a certain position. The auto reverse function may not work if an object thin or soft is caught between the sliding sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof. Body parts or objects may get caught causing injuries or vehicle damage.
Never deliberately use your body parts to test the automatic reversal function. The sunroof glass may reverse direction, but there is a risk of injury.

NOTICE
Do not continue to push the sunroof switch after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the sunroof motor could occur.
Continuous operations such as slide open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may cause the motor or sunroof system to malfunction.
Regularly remove any accumulated dust on the sunroof rail.
Dust accumulated between the sunroof and roof panel can make noise. Open the sunroof and remove dust regularly using a clean cloth.
Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice. The sunroof may not work properly and may break if opened by force.
Do not open or drive with the sunroof glass open immediately after rain or washing the vehicle. Water may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Do not extend any luggage outside the sunroof while driving. Vehicle damage may occur if the vehicle suddenly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body parts or objects outside the sunroof while driving. Injuries may occur if the vehicle suddenly stops.

5-54

Resetting the Sunroof

5. Once again push and hold the sunroof switch forward until the sunroof glass slides open and close. Do not release the switch until the operation is completed.
If you release the switch during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.

OCN7N051032
In some circumstances resetting the sunroof operation may need to be performed. Some instances where resetting the sunroof may be required include: When the 12-volt battery is either
disconnected or discharged When the sunroof fuse is replaced If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the reset procedure with the vehicle engine running. Start the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Make sure the sunroof glass is in the fully closed position. If the sunroof glass is open, push the switch forward until the sunroof glass is fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the sunroof glass is fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the sunroof glass moves slightly. Then release the switch.

Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof Open Warning
OCN7N041018L
If the driver turns off the engine when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for several seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.

5-55

Convenience Features
HOOD
Opening the hood

OCN7N051218N
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
OCN7N051034N
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch up (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).
4. Pull out the support rod.

OCN7050035
5. Hold the hood open with the support rod (3).
WARNING
Support rod After driving, the engine
compartment and support rod will be hot. Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber to prevent burns. The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.

5-56

Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 30 cm from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure.
*GUIFIPPEDBOCFSBJTFETMJHIUMZ
JUJTOPUTFDVSFMZMPDLFE0QFOJU BHBJOBOEDMPTFJUXJUINPSFGPSDF

WARNING
Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.

5-57

Convenience Features

TRUNK
Opening the trunk
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park, for Dual clutch transmission) or first gear or R (Reverse, for manual transmission) and set the parking brake.
Outside

Inside

OCN7N051036N
2. Then do one of the following: Hold down the trunk unlock button
located on your smart key for more than 1 second. Additionally, for vehicles equipped with smart key :
- While all doors are unlocked, press the switch in the trunk to open the trunk with or without the smart key in your possession.
- If any door is locked or all doors are locked, the switch can still be used to open the trunk, as long as the smart key is in your possession.

OCN7050037
- Use the trunk release lever. 3. Lift the trunk lid up.
Closing the trunk Lower the trunk lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the trunk lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
Information
To prevent damage to the trunk lift cylinders and the attached hardware, always close the trunk before driving.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

5-58

Emergency Trunk Safety Release
OCN7N051084N
Your vehicle is equipped with an Emergency Trunk Safety Release lever located inside the trunk. When someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the trunk can be opened by moving the lever in the direction of the arrow and pushing the trunk open.

WARNING
You and your passengers must be aware of the location of the Emergency Trunk Safety Release lever in this vehicle and how to open the trunk in case you are accidentally locked in the trunk.
NEVER allow anyone to occupy the trunk of the vehicle at any time. If the trunk is partially or totally latched and the person is unable to get out, serious injury or death could occur due to lack of ventilation, exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-up, or because of exposure to cold weather conditions. The trunk is also a highly dangerous location in the event of a crash because it is not a protected occupant space but is a part of the vehicle's crush zone.
Your vehicle should be kept locked and the Smart Key should be kept out of the reach of children. Parents should teach their children about the dangers of playing in trunks.
Use the release lever for emergencies only.

5-59

Convenience Features
Smart Trunk Release (if equipped)

1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk release, go to User Settings Mode and select Smart Trunk on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

OCN7N051085N
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key, the trunk can be opened using the Smart Trunk release system.
How to use the Smart Trunk release
The trunk can be opened with no touch activation satisfying all the conditions below. After 15 seconds when all doors are
closed and locked Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds
Information
The Smart Trunk release does not operate when: The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and is continuously detected. The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and 1.5 m from the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with Welcome Light) A door is not locked or closed. The smart key is in the vehicle.

OCN7N051040N
2. Detect and Alert If you are positioned in the detecting area (20 ~ 40 inches behind the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound to alert you the smart key has been detected and the trunk will open.
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the trunk to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, leave the detecting area with the smart key. The trunk will stay closed.

5-60

05
How to deactivate the Smart Trunk release function using the smart key

OCN7N051085N
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound 6 times and then the trunk will open.
WARNING
Make sure you close the trunk before driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or objects around the trunk before opening or closing the trunk.
Make sure objects in the trunk do not come out when opening the trunk on a slope. It may cause serious injury.
Make sure to deactivate the Smart Trunk when washing your vehicle. Otherwise, the trunk may open inadvertently.
The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Trunk release while playing around the rear area of the vehicle.

1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Remote start 4. Trunk Unlock 5. Panic

OCN7050004

If you press any button of the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Trunk release function will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Trunk release function for emergency situations.

5-61

Convenience Features

Information
If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Trunk release function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart trunk function will be activated again.
If you press the trunk open button (4) for more than 1 second, the trunk opens.
If you press the door lock button (1) or trunk open button (4) when the Smart Trunk release function is not in the Detect and Alert stage, the smart trunk function will not be deactivated.
In case you have deactivated the Smart Trunk function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the Smart Trunk release function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.

Detecting area
OCN7N051040N
The Smart Trunk release operates with a welcome alert if the smart key is detected within 20 ~ 40 inches from the trunk.
The alert stops at once if the smart key is positioned outside the detecting area during the Detect and Alert stage.

Information
The Smart Trunk release function will not work if any of the following occurs: - The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. - The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone. - Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
The detecting range may decrease or increase when : - One side of the tire is raised to replace a tire or to inspect the vehicle. - The vehicle is slantingly parked on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

5-62

FUEL FILLER DOOR
Opening the fuel filler door
OCN7N051219N
The fuel filler door must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler door opener. 1. Turn the engine off. 2. Pull up the fuel filler door opener.
OCN7050043
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
Information
Open and close the reservoir cap by using the handle on the cap cover for safety.

Information
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "Clicks".
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station. Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station. Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential buildup of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand. Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.

5-63

Convenience Features

Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a build-up of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.
When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.

Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.
If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.

5-64

EXTERIOR LIGHTS
Lighting Control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:

1. OFF 2. AUTO headlight 3. Parking lamp 4. Headlight

ODN8A059200

Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when:
The headlights are ON. The parking lamps are ON. The vehicle is turned off. The parking brake is engaged.

AUTO headlight

OCN7050055

The parking lamp and headlight will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor on the center dash (1).

Even with the AUTO headlight feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlights when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

NOTICE
Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlight system may not work properly.

5-65

Convenience Features

High Beam Operation

Parking lamp ( )

ODN8A059202

The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

ODN8A059205
To turn on the high beam headlight, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlight, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.

Headlight ( )

ODN8A059203

The headlight, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlight.

5-66

05
Turn Signals And Lane Change Signals

ODN8A059204
To flash the high beam headlight, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.

ODN8A059207
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released or when the turn is completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
One touch turn signal function
To activate a one-touch turn signal function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 4. If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

5-67

Convenience Features

Battery Saver Function
The purpose of this feature is to help prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
However, the position lamps stay ON even when the driver-side door is opened if the headlight switch is turned to the position lamp or AUTO (if equipped) position after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on turn the position lamps OFF and ON again using the headlight switch on the steering column after the engine is turned off.

Headlight Delay Function (if equipped)
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC parking or the OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights (and/ or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, with the engine off if WKHGULYHUVGRRULVRSHQHGDQGFORVHG the headlights (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key or smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position. However, if you turn the light switch to the AUTO position when it is dark outside, the headlights will not be turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the Headlight Delay function from the User Settings Mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 4. If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight delay function does not turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the headlights manually from the headlight switch before exiting the vehicle.

5-68

+,*+%($0$66,67+%$

05
High Beam Assist Settings Setting features
:LWKWKHHQJLQHRQVHOHFWoe/LJKWV+LJK %HDP$VVLVWIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWR turn on High Beam Assist and deselect to turn off the function.

OCN7050141N
High Beam Assist will automatically adjust the headlight range (switches between high beam and low beam) depending on the brightness of detected vehicles and certain road conditions.
Detecting Sensor

OCN7N051204L

<>'SPOUWJFXDBNFSB

OCN7N071001N

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to help detect ambient light and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

NOTICE
Always keep the front view camera in good condition to maintain optimal performance of High Beam Assist.
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

WARNING
For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
High Beam Assist Operation Display and control
$IWHUVHOHFWLQJoe+LJK%HDP$VVLVW in the Settings menu, High Beam Assist will operate by following the procedure below.
- Place the headlight switch in the AUTO position and push the headlight lever towards the instrument cluster. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator light will illuminate on the cluster and High Beam Assist will be enabled.
- When High Beam Assist is enabled, high beam will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (25 km/h), high beam will turn off.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light will illuminate on the cluster when high beam is on.

5-69

Convenience Features

When High Beam Assist is operating, if the headlight lever or switch is used, High Beam Assist operates as follow:
- If the headlight lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without High Beam Assist canceled. When you let go of the headlight lever, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.
- If the headlight lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by High Beam Assist, low beam will turn on and High Beam Assist will turn off.
- If the headlight switch is placed from AUTO to another position (headlight/position/off), High Beam Assist will turn off and the corresponding lamp will turn on.
When High Beam Assist is operating, high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlight of an oncoming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.
- When the headlight or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.

High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations High Beam Assist malfunction
OTM050218L
When High Beam Assist is not working properly, the `Check High Beam Assist +%$V\VWHPZDUQLQJPHVVDJH will appear and warning light will illuminate on the cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information
The images and colors in the cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the cluster.

5-70

Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work properly in the following situations:
Light from an oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc.
Headlight of an oncoming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
$IURQWYHKLFOHVKHDGOLJKWVDUHRIIEXW the fog lamps are on, etc.
There is a lamp that has a similar VKDSHDVDYHKLFOHVODPS
Headlights have been damaged or not repaired properly.
Headlights are not aimed properly. Driving on a narrow-curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
Vehicle in front is partially visible on a crossroad or curved road.
There is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.
There is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
The road conditions are bad such as being wet, iced or covered with snow.
A vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or is being towed.
Light from an oncoming or front vehicle is not detected due to obstacles in the air such as exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, or water spay or blizzard on the road, or fogging in the lamp, etc.

Information
For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.
WARNING
At times, High Beam Assist may not work properly High Beam Assist is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety.
When High Beam Assist does not operate properly, change the headlight position manually between high beam and low beam.

5-71

Convenience Features

INTERIOR LIGHTS
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior Lamp AUTO Cut
The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.

Front Lamps

(1) Front Map Lamp (2) Front Door Lamp (3) Front Room Lamp ON (4) Front Room Lamp OFF

OCN7050056

Front map lamp:
1SFTTFJUIFSPGUIFTFMFOTUPUVSO UIFNBQMBNQPOPSPGG5IJTMJHIU QSPEVDFTBTQPUCFBNGPSDPOWFOJFOU VTFBTBNBQMBNQBUOJHIUPSBTB QFSTPOBMMBNQGPSUIFESJWFSBOEUIF GSPOUQBTTFOHFS

5-72

Front Door Lamp ( ):
The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the Engine Start/ Stop button is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

Front room lamp

Press the button to turn ON the room

lamp for the front/rear seats.

Press the button to turn OFF the room

lamp for the front/rear seats.

Rear Lamp

Rear Room Lamp ( ):

OCN7050057

Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.

NOTICE
Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the engine is turned off.

5-73

Convenience Features

Luggage Compartment Lamp

Vanity Mirror Lamp (if equipped)

OCN7N051086N
The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the trunk is opened.
NOTICE
The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the trunk is open. To prevent unnecessary battery system drain, close the trunk securely after using the luggage compartment.

OCN7050058

Push the switch to turn the light on or off.

: The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.

: The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

NOTICE
Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

5-74

Welcome System (if equipped) Welcome light
OCN7N051054N
Door handle lamp (if equipped) When all the doors (and trunk) are closed and locked, the door handle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed. When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key. When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed. When the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession. Headlight and parking lamp When the headlight (lamp switch in the headlight or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and trunk) are locked and closed, the headlight and parking lamp will come on for 15 seconds if/or any of the below is performed. When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the headlight and parking lamp will turn off immediately.

You can activate or deactivate the Welcome Light from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 4. If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and trunk) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed. When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key. When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the room lamp will turn off immediately.

5-75

Convenience Features

WIPERS AND WASHERS
Type A

Type B

ODN8059208L

ODN8059282L
A. Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe AUTO* Auto control wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed
* : if equipped
B. Intermittent wipe time adjustment/ Auto control wipe time adjustment*
C. Wash with brief wipes

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

MIST :

For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.

INT :

Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob.

AUTO

The rain sensor located

(if equipped) : on the upper end of the

windshield glass senses

the amount of rainfall and

controls the wiping cycle

for the proper interval.

The more it rains, the

faster the wiper operates.

When the rain stops, the

wiper stops.To vary the

speed setting, turn the

speed control knob.

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.

HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

5-76

Windshield Washers
ODN8059209K
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.

NOTICE
To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use antifreezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.

WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

5-77

Convenience Features
0$18$/&/,0$7(&21752/6<67(0,)(48,33('
Type A

Type B

OCN7050100N

1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. Mode selection knob 4. Front windshield defroster position 5. Rear window defroster button 6. Air intake control button 7. A/C (Air conditioning) button
5-78

OCN7050101N

Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to fresh mode or recirculation mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

When starting the vehicle in cold weather a more efficient way to heat the passenger compartment is to do the following.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
Engine temperature is still low and the air flow from the heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature setting towards hot.

5-79

Convenience Features Mode selection

5-80

OCN7N051222N

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)

OCN7050102
The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, BiLevel, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
Face-Level (B, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

OCN7050104
MAX A/C-Level (B, D) (if equipped)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning and the recirculated air position cannot be selected. Turn the fan speed mode to adjust.

5-81

Convenience Features Instrument panel vents

Air intake control
Type A

OCN7N051106N
Instrument panel vents The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.
To close the vent, push the air vent lever in the opposite direction of the passenger. To open the vent, push the air vent lever in the same direction of the passenger.
Temperature control

Type B

OCN7050107

OCN7050107L
The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

OCN7050105
The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.

5-82

Recirculation mode When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Fresh mode Type A When Fresh mode is
selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Type B
Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only when needed. Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield. In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.

WARNING
Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident.
Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

5-83

Convenience Features Fan speed control

Air conditioning (if equipped)

OCN7050108N
Turn the knob to the right to increase the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the "0" position turns off the fan.
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running.

OCN7050109
Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.

5-84

Operation Tips To help keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Be sure to return the control to fresh mode position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
To help prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to fresh mode and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.

5-85

Convenience Features

Air conditioning
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Push the air conditioning button
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
When opening the windows in humid weather, air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
If you operate the air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection button to the position and set the fan speed control knob to the lowest speed setting.

5-86

System Maintenance Cabin air filter

[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Cabin air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core

OIK047401L

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.

Have the cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information
Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty, rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.
When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, have the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
NOTICE
The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians to insure proper and safe operation.
The refrigerant system should be serviced in a well-ventilated place.
The air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) shall never be repaired or replaced with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.

5-87

Convenience Features

WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable and operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.

OCN7N051087N
Air conditioning refrigerant label You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood.
Example

OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below: 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant 4. Caution 5. Flammable refrigerant 6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system

5-88

05
$8720$7,&&/,0$7(&21752/6<67(0,)(48,33('

1. 'ULYHUVWHPSHUDWXUHFRQWURONQRE 2. 3DVVHQJHUVWHPSHUDWXUHFRQWURONQRE 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. SYNC button 5. OFF button 6. Front windshield defroster button 7. Air conditioning button 8. Air intake control button 9. Rear window defroster button 10.Fan speed control button 11. Mode selection button 12. Climate control information screen

OCN7050110L

5-89

Convenience Features
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning

When you select the temperature to HI or LO in AUTO mode, the fan speed is set WRoe+,*+

Driver's seat

Passenger's seat

OCN7050112
1. Press the AUTO button The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically according to the temperature setting you select.
OCN7050113
You can control the blower strength in three stages by pushing the AUTO button during automatic operation. - HIGH : Provide rapid air conditioning
and heating with strong blower - MEDIUM : Provide air conditioning
and heating with medium strength blower - LOW : Is suitable for drivers that prefer lower air speeds

OCN7050114
2. Turn the temperature control knob to set the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously.
To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield GHIURVWHUIXQFWLRQ7KHoe$872VLJQ will illuminate on the information screen once again.)
- Fan speed control toggle switch
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and overall system efficiency, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72°F (22°C).

5-90

OCN7N051133L
Information
Never place anything near the sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

Manual Heating and Air Conditioning
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

5-91

Convenience Features Mode selection

5-92

OCN7N051221N

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

OCN7050115
The mode selection toggle switch controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:
Face-level (B, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

5-93

Convenience Features

Temperature control

Driver's seat

Passenger's seat

OCN7050116
Defrost-Level (A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

OCN7050114
The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.
The temperature will increase or decrease by 1°F (0.5°C) for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.

OCN7N051106
Instrument panel vents
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.
To close the vent, push the air vent lever in the opposite direction of the passenger. To open the vent, push the air vent lever in the same direction of the passenger.

5-94

OCN7050117
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the driver and passenger side temperature equally. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally. ,I\RXURWDWHWKHSDVVHQJHUV temperature control knob, the SYNC button is off and the passenger side temperature can be operated individually.
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to adjust the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off.

Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade.
To change the temperature unit from °C to °F or °F to °C :
- Automatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds while pressing the OFF button.
- Instrument clusterAutomatic climate control system *RWR8VHU6HWWLQJV2WKHU Temperature Unit.
The temperature unit on both the cluster LCD display and the climate control screen will change.
Air intake control
Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

5-95

Convenience Features

Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
WARNING
Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident.
Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

Fan speed control
OCN7050118
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by using the fan speed control toggle switch. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running.

5-96

Air conditioning
OCN7050119
Push the A/C button to manually turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off. OFF mode
OCN7050121
Push the OFF button of the front to turn off the air climate control system. However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

System Operation Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Front & Deforst mode or press the Front Defrost mode.
Operation Tips To help keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Be sure to return the control to fresh mode position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. To help prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to fresh mode and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.

5-97

Convenience Features

Air conditioning
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
:KHQRSHQLQJWKHZLQGRZVLQ humid weather, air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed

5-98

System Maintenance Cabin air filter

[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Cabin air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core

OIK047401L

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-99

Convenience Features

OCN7N051087N
Air conditioning refrigerant label You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood.
Example

5-100

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to lower speed.

Manual Climate Control System To defog inside windshield

For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting.
If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield.

OCN7050122N
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B
1. Select any fan speed except "0" position.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. Fresh mode air will be selected automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning (if equipped) will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the position.
If the air conditioning and fresh mode are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

5-101

Convenience Features To defrost outside windshield

Automatic Climate Control System
To defog inside windshield

OCN7050123N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest setting (knob rotated all the way to the right).
2. Set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting.
3. Select the position.
4. Fresh mode air and air conditioning (if equipped) will be selected automatically.

OCN7050124L
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature, fresh mode and higher fan speed will be selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, fresh mode and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed.

5-102

To defrost outside windshield
OCN7050125L
1. Set fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set temperature to the extreme hot
(HI) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient temperature and fresh mode will be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed.

Defogging Logic (if equipped)
To help reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following
Manual climate control system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2. Select defroster mode ( ).
3. Press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The process should be completed within 10 seconds after the defroster mode ( ) is selected.
The LED indicator on the air intake button will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
Automatic climate control system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The automatic climate control information screen will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

5-103

Convenience Features

Auto Defogging System (only for automatic climate control system, if equipped)

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System
Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, defrost button indicator will blink 3 times.
When the Auto Defogging System is reset, defrost button indicator will blink 6 times without a signal.

OCN7N051061L
Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.
When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed automatically:
Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 2) The air intake control will change
to Fresh mode under low outside temperature. Step 3) The mode will be changed to defrost to direct airflow to the windshield. Step 4) The fan speed will be increased.

Information
When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.
When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment knob, the temperature adjustment knob, and the air intake control button are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

5-104

Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.
Information
If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" in this chapter.
Rear window defroster

Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the outside mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

OCN7050136L
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while engine is running.
To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.

5-105

Convenience Features

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation (if equipped)

Automatic Ventilation (if equipped)

When the sunroof is opened, outside (fresh) air will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculated air position will be selected but will change back to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.

The system automatically selects the fresh mode when the climate control system operates over a certain period of time (approximately 30 minutes) in low temperature with the recirculation mode selected.
To cancel or reactivate the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and press the air recirculation mode button at least 5 times within 3 seconds while pressing the A/C button.
When the automatic ventilation is canceled, the indicator blinks 3 times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks 6 times.

5-106

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

Center Console Storage

WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

OCN7N051062N
To open: Grab and hold the latch on the armrest then lift the lid.
Glove Box

To open: Pull the lever (1).

OCN7050064

WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use.
An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.

5-107

Convenience Features

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup Holder
OCN7N051065N
WARNING
Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision.
Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.
NOTICE
Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may damage the interior.

5-108

Sunvisor

Power Outlet

OCN7N051088N
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4, if equipped) as needed. Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets. Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.

OCN7N051068
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.

5-109

Convenience Features

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power Outlets:
Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
Close the cover when not in use. Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
Plug in battery equipped electrical/ electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System (if equipped)
OCN7N051070 [A] : Charging pad
There is a wireless cellular phone charger inside the front console. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the Engine Start/ Stop button is in the ON position.

5-110

To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or YLVLW\RXUFHOOXODUSKRQHPDQXIDFWXUHUV website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad.
2. When charging starts, a charging icon is displayed on the infotainment system screen. However, depending on the infotainment system screen, the wireless charging icon may not be displayed. See the infotainment web manual for details.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes" in this chapter.
The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the engine is turned OFF and the front door is opened.

Information
For some manufacturers' cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
NOTICE
7KHZLUHOHVVFHOOXODUSKRQHFKDUJLQJ system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).
:KHQSODFLQJ\RXUFHOOXODUSKRQH on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cellular phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cellular phone may experience higher heat conduction.
,QVRPHFDVHVWKHZLUHOHVVFKDUJLQJ may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/ unlocking the doors, etc.
7KHZLUHOHVVFKDUJLQJSURFHVVPD\ temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. Stop the charging cellular phone and wait until temperature falls to a certain level.
7KHZLUHOHVVFKDUJLQJSURFHVVPD\ temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and the cellular phone.

5-111

Convenience Features

:KHQFKDUJLQJVRPHFHOOXODUSKRQHV with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.
,IWKHFHOOXODUSKRQHKDVDWKLFN cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.
,IWKHFHOOXODUSKRQHLVQRW completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
6RPHPDJQHWLFLWHPVOLNHFUHGLW cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.
:KHQDQ\FHOOXODUSKRQHZLWKRXW a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone in any way.

Clock
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death.
For more information, please refer to the manual that was supplied with your vehicle.

Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.

Information
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and 2. This device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-112

Coat Hook
OTM048095
These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.
WARNING
OCN7050071
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.

05
5-113

Convenience Features

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM Information
If you install an aftermarket HID headlight, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.
USB Port
OCN7N051074
This is a convenient device that allows external sound devices such as MP3 and USB storage devices to be connected to the vehicle and played back through the vehicle infotainment system.
Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

Antenna

Shark fin antenna (1)

OCN7N051072L

The shark fin antenna receives transmitted data. (for example : GPS)

Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to receive both AM and FM signals.
Ã The signals which antenna can transmit and receive vary by the vehicle option.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear glass antenna, never use sharp instruments or window cleaner containing abrasives to clean the window. Clean the inside surface of the rear glass window with a piece of soft cloth.
When putting a sticker on the inside surface of the rear window, be careful not to damage to the rear glass antenna.
Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni, Cd, etc.
These can degrade the receiving AM and FM broadcast signals.
Do not put sharp instruments nearby the rear glass antenna.
Tinted rear window may affect the proper functioning of the antenna.

5-114

Steering Wheel Audio Control
OCN7N051203
The steering wheel audio control switches are installed for your convenience.
NOTICE
Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously. VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1) Move the VOLUME toggle switch up
to increase volume. Move the VOLUME toggle switch
down to decrease volume. SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is moved up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes.

RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select switch. It will SEEK until you release the switch.
MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/REW switch. If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is moved up or down, it will function in the following modes.
RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN switch.
MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN switch.
MODE ( ) (3)
Press the MODE button to select Radio.
MUTE ( ) (4) Press the button to mute the sound. Press the button again to activate the
sound.
Custom button ( ) (5)
You can set the function to be executed by pressing the user button on the steering wheel. It is convenient to set frequently used functions as user button functions.
For detailed information, refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

5-115

Convenience Features

Infotainment System (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with additional navigation, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.
Voice Recognition (if equipped)

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-free (if equipped)

OCN7N051075

OCN7N071129L
Voice recognition allows you to command a variety of infotainment functions.
The Infotainment system may be changed by an system update. Please see additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual

OCN7N051076
You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Microphone 1
(3) Microphone 2
For detailed information, refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

5-116

How Vehicle Radio Works FM reception

05
AM (MW, LW) reception

OJF045308L
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

OJF045309L
AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage.

5-117

Convenience Features FM radio station

These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble :

OJF045310L
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow WKHHDUWKVVXUIDFH%HFDXVHRIWKLV)0 broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions.

JBM004
Fading as your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another stronger station.
Flutter/Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears.

5-118

OJF045311L
Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger signal.
Multi-Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.

Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio system. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment.
NOTICE
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while driving. Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone.

5-119

6.Driving Your Vehicle

Before Driving ................................................................................................6-4 Before Entering the Vehicle.....................................................................................6-4 Before Starting .........................................................................................................6-4

Engine Start/Stop Button .............................................................................6-5

Vehicle Auto-Shut Off .................................................................................. 6-11 Operating Conditions ............................................................................................. 6-11 Deactivating Conditions ........................................................................................ 6-11 System Operation.................................................................................................... 6-11

Manual Transmission ....................................................................................6-12 Manual Transmission Operation.............................................................................6-12 Good Driving Practices ...........................................................................................6-14 Rev Matching...........................................................................................................6-15

Dual Clutch Transmission............................................................................ 6-18 Dual Clutch Transmission Operation .....................................................................6-18 LCD Display for Transmission Temperature and Warning Message ................... 6-20 Parking .................................................................................................................... 6-26 Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ..................................................................... 6-26 Good Driving Practices .......................................................................................... 6-27

Brake System................................................................................................6-28

Power Brakes .......................................................................................................... 6-28

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator.................................................................................... 6-28 High Performance Brake........................................................................................ 6-29

Parking Brake.......................................................................................................... 6-29

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................................................6-31 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ......................................................................... 6-32 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ................................................................... 6-37 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ..............................................................................6-38 Good Braking Practices .........................................................................................6-39

Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) ........................................................ 6-40

Electronic Limited Slip Differential............................................................. 6-41 Warning messages .................................................................................................6-42

N Button .......................................................................................................6-43 N1/N2 Button Settings ...........................................................................................6-43

Drive Mode Integrated Control System......................................................6-44 Drive Mode .............................................................................................................6-44 N Mode ...................................................................................................................6-46 NGS (N Grin Shift) ..................................................................................................6-48 Vehicle Characteristic ............................................................................................6-49

Performance Option .................................................................................... 6-51 Performance Option Settings.................................................................................6-51 Launch Control ....................................................................................................... 6-52 Shift Light................................................................................................................ 6-55 N Track Sense Shift (for DCT) ................................................................................ 6-57 N Power Shift (for DCT)..........................................................................................6-59 N Sound Equalizer..................................................................................................6-59 Maximum Performance Driving (How to drive with Octane Number Learning)..................................................... 6-61

Special Driving Conditions..........................................................................6-62

Hazardous Driving Conditions ..............................................................................6-62

Rocking the Vehicle ...............................................................................................6-62

Smooth Cornering..................................................................................................6-63

Driving at Night ......................................................................................................6-63

Driving in the Rain..................................................................................................6-63

Driving in Flooded Areas........................................................................................6-64

Highway Driving .....................................................................................................6-64

Winter Driving ..............................................................................................6-65

Snow or Icy Conditions ..........................................................................................6-65

Winter Precautions................................................................................................. 6-67

Vehicle Load Limit ...................................................................................... 6-69 Tire Loading Information Label ............................................................................. 6-70

Trailer Towing ............................................................................................... 6-73

06
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
6-3

Driving Your Vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle
Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
Remove frost, snow, or ice. Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage. Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks. Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
Make sure the hood, the trunk, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
Adjust the inside and side view mirrors.
Verify all the lights work. Fasten your seatbelt. Check that
all passengers have fastened their seatbelts. Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 3. Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes. Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents. Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink alcohol or take drugs and drive.
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.

6-4

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

OCN7060003
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed. (if equipped)
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/Stop button three times (within three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.

WARNING
NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

6-5

Driving Your Vehicle

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with manual transmission

Button Position
OFF
ACC
ON START

Action

Notes

To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle If the steering wheel is not locked

and then press the Engine Start/Stop properly when you open the driver's

button.

door, the warning chime will sound.

The steering wheel locks to protect

the vehicle from theft.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button If you leave the Engine Start/Stop

when the button is in the OFF position button in the ACC position for more

without depressing the clutch pedal. than one hour, the battery power will

Some of the electrical accessories are turn off automatically to prevent the

usable.

battery from discharging.

The steering wheel unlocks.

If the steering wheel doesn't unlock

properly, the Engine Start/Stop button

will not work.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

while turning the steering wheel right

and left to release.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the engine is not running to prevent the battery from discharging.

To start the engine, depress the clutch If you press the Engine Start/Stop

and brake pedals and press the Engine button without depressing the clutch

Start/ Stop button with the shift lever pedal, the engine does not start and

in neutral.

the Engine Start/Stop button changes

as follows: 2))$&&212))RU$&&

6-6

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with dual clutch transmission

Button Position
OFF
ACC
ON START

Action

Notes

To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop with shift lever is in P (Park). The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft.

If the steering wheel is not locked properly when you open the driver's door, the warning chime will sound.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button If you leave the Engine Start/Stop

when the button is in the OFF position button in the ACC position for more

without depressing the brake pedal. than one hour, the battery power will

Some electrical accessories are

turn off automatically to prevent the

usable.

battery from discharging.

The steering wheel unlocks.

If the steering wheel doesn't unlock

properly, the Engine Start/Stop button

will not work. Press the Engine Start/

Stop button while turning the steering

wheel right and left to release tension.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the engine is not running to prevent the battery from discharging.

To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: 2))$&&212))RU$&&

6-7

Driving Your Vehicle

Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident. Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.
Information
The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is ON.

Vehicle with manual transmission: 1. Always carry the smart key with you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral. 4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Information
Depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal until the engine starts.
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission: 1. Always carry the smart key with you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Information
Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.

6-8

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle: If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/ Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp switch fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine.

Emergency starting
OCN7N061250N
If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.
Turning off the engine Vehicle with manual transmission: 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
clutch and brake pedals at the same time. 2. With the clutch and brake pedals depressed, put the shift lever in neutral. 3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the off position and apply the parking brake.
Vehicle with Dual clutch transmission: 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully. 2. Make sure the gear is in P(Park). 3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position and apply the parking brake.

6-9

Driving Your Vehicle

Remote start
OCN7060005
You can start the vehicle using the Remote Start button of the smart key.

To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button within 10 m (32 feet) from the vehicle.
2. Press the remote start ( ) button for over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after locking the doors. The hazard warning lights will blink.
3. To turn off the remote start function, press the remote start ( ) button once.
The remote start ( ) button may not operate if the smart key is not within 10 m (32 feet).
The vehicle will not remotely start if the engine hood or trunk is opened.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the remote start function to start.
The engine turns off if you get in the vehicle without a registered smart key.
The engine turns off if you do not get in the vehicle within 10 minutes after remotely starting the vehicle.
Do not idle the engine for a long period.

6-10

9(+,&/($8726+872)),)(48,33('

If your vehicle is parked and the engine is left on for a long period of time, the engine will turn off automatically to help reduce fuel consumption and prevent accidents caused by carbon dioxide poisoning.

System Operation

Operating Conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer operates when all the following conditions are satisfied: Vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3
km/h), and the gear is shifted to P (Park) The brake pedal and accelerator pedal are not depressed The driver's seat belt is unfastened The passenger seat is empty The infotainment system is not being updated
Deactivating Conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer turns off when one of the situation occur: Vehicle speed is above 1.8 mph (3
km/h) The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral) The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed The driver's seat belt is fastened A passenger is in the passenger's seat

OJK041087N
When all the conditions are satisfied, the Vehicle Auto-Shut Off operates and turns the engine off automatically after 60 minutes.
A timer appears on the instrument cluster 30 minutes before vehicle shut off.
Resetting cluster timer
To reset the cluster timer, do one of following: Release the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal after Vehicle Auto-Shut Off is complete. Press the OK button on the steering wheel while the timer appears on the instrument cluster.
CAUTION
Do not leave a passenger or a pet in the vehicle in hot weather since the air conditioning system turns off when the engine is off.

6-11

Driving Your Vehicle

0$18$/75$160,66,21,)(48,33('
Manual Transmission Operation
The manual transmission has 6 forward gears. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.

OCN7N060001
The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button (1). The button (1) must be pressed while moving the shift lever.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling down.
To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the vehicle has completely stopped, and then move the shift lever to neutral before moving into R (Reverse).
When you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st gear or R (Reverse):
1. Put the shift lever in neutral and release the clutch pedal.
2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.

Information
During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up.

6-12

Using the clutch
The clutch pedal should be depressed all the way before:
- Starting the engine
The engine will not start without depressing the clutch pedal.
- Shifting into gear, up shifting to the next higher gear, or down shifting to the next low gear.
When releasing the clutch pedal, release it slowly. The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary wear or damage to the clutch: Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving. Do not hold the vehicle with the
clutch on an incline, while waiting for the traffic light, etc. Always depress the clutch pedal down fully to prevent noise or damage. Do not start with the 2nd (second) gear engaged except when you start on a slippery road. Do not drive with cargo loaded more than the recommended loading capacity. Make sure to depress the clutch pedal until the engine starts completely. If you release the clutch pedal before the engine starts completely, the engine may stop.

Downshifting
Down shift to a lower gear when slowing down in heavy traffic or driving up a steep hill to prevent high engine loads.
Also, downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and helps to reaccelerate the vehicle when you need to increase your speed.
When the vehicle is going downhill, downshifting helps maintain safe speed by providing a load from the engine and results in less wear on the brakes.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine, clutch and transmission: When downshifting from 5th
gear to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever sideways engaging the 2nd gear. A drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point the tachometer will enter the redzone and may cause engine damage. Do not downshift more than two gears at a time or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such downshifting may damage the engine, clutch and the transmission.

6-13

Driving Your Vehicle

Good Driving Practices
Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely dangerous.
Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause the brakes and related parts to overheat and malfunction.
When you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. Engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage.
Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you shift into R (Reverse) to prevent damage to the transmission.
Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING
Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a higher gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway. In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

6-14

Rev Matching
The Rev Matching system automatically helps synchronize engine rpm with the optimal speed of the gearabout to be engaged which reduces the impact of clutch connection and improves gear shift response.

2. Select Drive Mode.
REV indicator

Information
Fully depress the clutch pedal. Without the clutch pedal fully depressed, the system may not respond correctly.
The system does not operate when backing up.
Rev Matching controls the engine speed up to the rev limit, but the function cannot prevent over-revving caused by shifting mistake.
Rev Matching activation

DRIVE MODE button

OCN7N061257N

OCN7N061218

OCN7N071148L
1. Press REV button (ON/OFF) Press the REV button to turn on the
system. A message appears "Rev Matching On" with a REV indicator on the cluster LCD display. Press the REV button again to turn off the system. A message appears "Rev Matching Off" and the REV indicator disappears.
6-15

Driving Your Vehicle

DRIVE MODE button Use Rev Matching in normal driving conditions in below modes. When ECO mode is selected:
- Rev Matching cannot be activated even if the driver presses the REV button.
- REV indicator is off. When NORMAL mode is selected:
- Rev Matching activates if Rev Matching is turned on by the REV button.
- White REV indicator illuminates.
- Engine rpm response during gear shift is smooth.
When SPORT mode is selected:
- Rev Matching activates if Rev Matching is turned on by the REV button.
- Yellow REV indicator illuminates.
- Engine rpm response is faster than NORMAL mode.
The system must be turned on by pressing the REV button whenever the engine is turned on.

N1 button N2 button REV indicator

OCN7N061208 OCN7N071130L

Information
If N1 or N2 button is set to `Drive mode' from the infotainment system, the drive mode can be selected by pressing N1 or N2 button.
For more details, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

OCN7N061257N
Information
Set N1 or N2 button from the infotainment system, then N mode can be selected by pressing N1 or N2 button. For more details, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

6-16

N button (N1/N2 button)
Use Rev Matching when driving on race tracks, etc. in N mode. When N mode (SPORT+) is selected:
- REV Matching is turned on automatically. To turn off Rev Matching, press the REV button.
- Red REV indicator illuminates.
- Engine speed is automatically adjusted to the shifted gear without the accelerator pedal depressed.
- Engine RPM response is faster than SPORT mode when downshifting with heavy braking such as when driving on a race track.
When CUSTOM mode (CUSTOM 1/ CUSTOM 2) is selected:
- You may select the drive mode you prefer from the infotainment system screen Custom setting page. (OFF/ NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+).
For more details on "Custom Mode" refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

Rev Matching operation
Engine speed is automatically synchronized with the next selected gear. The accelerator pedal does not have to be depressed to speed up the engine RPM. Clutch depressed with the gear
engaged
At once, engine speed automatically decreases right after the clutch is disengaged, but the selected gear is fixed and then the engine RPM reverts to the selected gear's target speed. This operation method gives more comfortable feeling in public road driving. Up shifting
Engine speed will automatically decrease and stay at the target engine speed before the clutch is engaged. Down shifting
Engine speed will automatically increase and stay at the target engine speed.
Warning message

OCN7N061224L
Downshift Alert. Downshifting at high RPMs may result in engine damage. If transmission input rpm is too high (over rev limit) due to shifting, a warning message will appear and a warning chime will sound.
6-17

Driving Your Vehicle
'8$/&/87&+75$160,66,21,)(48,33('

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever while moving the shift lever. Press the shift lever while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate.

OCN7N061252L

Dual Clutch Transmission Operation
The dual clutch transmission has 8 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

6-18

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
When using Manual Shift Mode, do not use engine braking (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
To avoid damage to your transaxle, do not try to accelerate in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on.
When stopped on slope, do not hold the vehicle with accelerator pedal. Use the service brake or the parking brake.

The dual clutch transmission gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can be felt (and heard) on the dual clutch transmission
- Think of it as an automatically shifting manual transmission.
- Shift into Drive range and get fully automatic shifting, similar to a conventional automatic transmission
Dual clutch transmission adopts wettype dual clutch, which is different from torque converter of automatic transmission, and shows better acceleration performance during driving. But, initial launch might be little bit slower than automatic transmission.
Gear shifts are sometimes more noticeable than a conventional automatic transmission and a light vibration during launching can be felt as the transmission speed is matched with the engine speed. This is a normal condition of the dual clutch transmission.
The wet-type clutch transfers torque and provides a direct driving feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission with a torque converter. This may be more noticeable when starting from a stop or low vehicle speed.
When rapidly accelerating at low vehicle speed, engine could rev at high RPM depending on vehicle drive condition.

6-19

Driving Your Vehicle

For smooth launch uphill, press down the accelerator pedal smoothly depending on the current conditions.
If you release your foot from the accelerator pedal at low vehicle speed, you may feel strong engine brake, which is similar to manual transmission.
When driving downhill, you may use Manual Mode to downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively.
When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a self test. This is a normal sound for the Dual clutch transmission.
WARNING
Due to transmission failure, you may not continue to drive and the position indicator (D, R) on the cluster will blink. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

LCD Display for Transmission Temperature and Warning Message Transmission temperature gauge
OCN7N061225L
Select trip computer mode on the LCD display and move to the transmission temperature screen to see the temperature of the dual clutch transmission.
Try to drive so that the temperature gauge do not show high/overheat. When the transmission is overheated, the warning message will display on the LCD. Follow the displayed message.
The transmission temperature is displayed in three colors (white, orange and red) as it increases. (if equipped with the cluster type B)
Orange temperature gauge is displayed right before the warning message appears on the LCD display. (if equipped)
CAUTION
Increase (high temperature) of the transmission temperature gauge usually appears on an incline when the vehicle is stopped for a long time using accelerator pedal, without depressing the brake pedal.
To maintain the optimal transmission performance, drive so that the white gauge is not exceeded. (if equipped)

6-20

DCT warning messages

OCN7N061226L
This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied.
Steep grade
Driving up hills or on steep grades: To hold the vehicle on an incline use
the foot brake or the parking brake. When in stop-and-go traffic on an
incline, keep some distance ahead before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake. If the vehicle is held on a hill by applying the accelerator pedal or by creeping with brake pedal disengaged, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. If the LCD warning is active, the foot brake must be applied. Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission.

OCN7N061227N
Transmission high temperature Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. Finally the clutch in transmission could be overheated.
When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages and the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime. At this time, "Transmission temperature is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth.

6-21

Driving Your Vehicle

If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the normal driving condition, stop the vehicle and apply the foot brake or shift into P (Park). Then allow the transmission to cool for a few minutes with engine on, before driving off.
When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

OCN7N061225L

OCN7N061228L

Transmission overheated If the vehicle continues to be driven
and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission hot! Park with engine On" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch is disabled until the clutch cools to normal temperatures.
The warning will display a time to wait for the transmission to cool.
If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
When the message "Transmission cooled down. Resume driving" appears you can continue to drive your vehicle.
When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.
If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

OCN7N061229L
6-22

Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this chapter.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.
WARNING
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.
Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake.

R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
N (Neutral) The wheels and transaxle are not engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

6-23

Driving Your Vehicle

D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the shift lever console, allows the driver to switch from NORMAL mode to ECO or SPORT mode (if equipped)
For more information, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" later in this chapter.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You may lose control of the vehicle and cause accidents.
Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and may lead to an accident.
NOTICE
Always make sure the vehicle is stationary, at a complete stop, before selecting D (Drive).

OCN7N061252L
Manual shift mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.
In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. Up (+) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift up one gear. Down (-) : Push the lever forward once
to shift down one gear.

6-24

Information
Only the eight forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
When the engine RPM approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically.
If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine RPM range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine RPM below the red zone.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following:
OCN7N061253L
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position
2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Carefully remove the shift lever boots. 4. Move the shift lever while holding
the release button (1) with a tool (for example, flathead screw-driver). If you need to use the shift-lock release, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the trim beside of the shift lever while removing the shift lever boots.

6-25

Driving Your Vehicle

Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) (if equipped)

WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

OCN7N071061
The paddle shifter is available when the gear is in the D (Drive) position.
With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 6 mph (10km/h). Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower than 6 mph (10km/h), if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you move the shift lever from D (Drive) to manual shift mode and move it from manual shift mode to D (Drive) again, the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode.
When the engine reaches maximum rpm in manual shift mode by paddle shifting at shift lever D (driving) position, the shift is automatically performed.
With the shift lever in the manual shift mode Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear. In the manual shift mode (+, -) position, even when the engine reaches full speed, it does not shift automatically.

6-26

Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.

Good Driving Practices
Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.
When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving rearwards. After selecting D (Drive) or R (Reverse), check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving. If the vehicle moves in the opposite direction of the selected gear, the engine may turn off and a serious accident might occur due to degraded brake performance.
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
When driving in sports mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine RPM is outside of the allowable range.
Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway. In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., you may attempt to free the vehicle by rocking it back and forth. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near. Vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.
6-27

Driving Your Vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM
Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
Only pump the brakes on slippery surfaces if the power assist has been interrupted to maintain steering control. Do not pump the brakes on slippery surfaces if the brakes are operating normally.
Information
When the brake pedal is depressed under certain driving conditions or weather conditions, you may temporarily hear a noise. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
While driving on a road with deicing chemicals, brake noise or abnormal tire wear may occur due to deicing chemicals. In a safe traffic condition, additionally apply the brakes to remove deicing chemicals on the brake discs and pads.
WARNING
Take the following precautions: Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.

When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
The brake pressure (%) displayed on the infotainment screen may differ from the actual brake pressure.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.

6-28

High Performance Brake
As this vehicles equipped with the High Performance Brake (applied with material having high coefficient of friction), noise such as a squeal, squeak or groan is generated while braking. This is normal and the friction may create circle patterns on the disc surface. This is also a normal situation which does not affect braking performance.
NOTICE
Occasional brake noise is normal. If a continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake lining may be worn-out. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Frequent speeding and braking may deform components and worn the disc brake causing vibration when braking. Prevent brake damage by avoiding excessive braking. Brake wear, noise, vibration from excessive braking or deformation of the brakes caused by repeatedly braking in high speed, racing on tracks, etc., can be excluded from warranty coverage.

Parking Brake Applying the parking brake
OCN7080008
Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle, to apply: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake lever as far as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

6-29

Driving Your Vehicle

Releasing the parking brake
OCN7060010
To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal. While pressing the release button (1), slightly pull up on the parking brake lever then lower the parking brake lever (2).
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the 1st gear (for manual transmission vehicle) or P (Park, for dual clutch transmission vehicle) position, then apply the parking brake, and Set the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

NOTICE
Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, a warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the Engine Start/Stop button in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

6-30

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions: Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads. On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height. Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

6-31

Driving Your Vehicle

WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

6-32

ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the engine is turned off and then on again, ESC operation is enabled, and it is activated in the ESC operating mode (not in ESC Sport mode or ESC OFF mode) regardless of the ESC mode before turning off the engine.
You may select between the following state of ESC: ESC NORMAL activated (ESC ON) ESC SPORT activated (ESC SPORT
indicator illuminates) ESC deactivated (ESC OFF indicator
illuminates)
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
If Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, Cruise Control automatically disengages. Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control (CC)" in chapter 7.
When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.

Deactivating / Activating ESC

OCN7N061021N
You may select between the following state of ESC: ESC NORMAL activated ESC SPORT activated (ESC SPORT
indicator illuminates) ESC deactivated (ESC OFF indicator
illuminates)
Press the ESC OFF button shortly

ESC NORMAL

ESC SPORT

Press and hold the ESC OFF button for
over 3 seconds

ESC NORMAL ESC SPORT

ESC OFF

Press the ESC OFF button shortly

ESC OFF

ESC NORMAL

6-33

Driving Your Vehicle

WARNING
If you deactivate ESC, ESC no longer stabilizes the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.
When ESC SPORT mode is activated, the stability support from ESC will be less than in "ESC ON mode", there is a greater risk of skidding and an accident.
Only deactivate ESC or activate ESC SPORT in the situations described in the following.
In the following situations, it may be better to activate ESC SPORT or deactivate ESC (ESC OFF): When using snow chains Driving in deep snow Driving in sand or gravel Driving on specially designed roads
where oversteering and understeering characteristics are desired
We recommend only qualified and experienced drivers to drive the vehicle with the ESC deactivated or ESC SPORT activated.
CAUTION
After the above situations are over, activate ESC immediately. If not, the vehicle can be unstable due to vehicle slip or wheel spin.

OCN7N061247N
ESC SPORT To activate ESC SPORT mode Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
ESC SPORT indicator light illuminates on the cluster LCD display. In this state, ESC only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree.
When ESC SPORT mode is activated: ESC only improves driving stability to
a limited degree. Traction control is still activated, but
with less wheel control (more slip). Engine torque can partially be limited
for the vehicle's stability and the driving wheel spin may be restricted for better traction.
To deactivate ESC SPORT mode Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
ESC SPORT indicator light will go off on the cluster LCD display.

6-34

To deactivate ESC (ESC OFF)
Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled. To activate the ESC again, briefly press the ESC OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator light will go off.

Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.

6-35

Driving Your Vehicle

NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.
WARNING
Don't use ESC SPORT mode or ESC OFF while using a minispare tire or a tire repair kit is in use!
ESC OFF usage
When Driving The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission: Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed. When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.
Drive mode selection
When the ESC is on, the characteristic of ESC varies according to which drive mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE or N1 or N2 button on the steering wheel.

Mode button
DRIVE MODE button

Selected mode
ECO mode
NORMAL mode
SPORT mode

Characteristic of ESC
NORMAL
NORMAL
NORMAL

N mode

SPORT

N button N CUSTOM mode

NORMAL/ SPORT/OFF

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter.

6-36

CUSTOM mode You may select the drive mode you prefer from the infotainment system screen. From the CUSTOM mode menu, select

(6&1250$/632572))
You may directly go to the CUSTOM
mode menu by touching the infotainment system screen. For more details, refer to the separately supplied infotainment system manual.
OOSN061033L
When N1 or N2 button is set to CUSTOM mode, you cannot turn CUSTOM mode on by pressing either N1 or N2 button if ESC OFF setting is saved within CUSTOM mode. If N1 or N2 button is pressed, a message "ESC disabled in CUSTOM 1 (or 2) mode settings. Hold the button again to acknowledge" appears on the cluster LCD display. To turn on CUSTOM mode with ESC OFF setting, press and hold N1 or N2 button.

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): ALWAYS check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, on slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.

6-37

Driving Your Vehicle

VSM operation When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
Information
The VSM does not operate when: Driving through banked corners might
result in a ESC system shut down, due to system self-diagnostics and an assumption of a sensor failure. In the next ignition cycle, the ESC system is available again. Driving in reverse. The ESC OFF indicator light is on. The MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
WARNING
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or MDPS warning light ( ) stays illuminated or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the VSM system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or MDPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.

6-38

Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.

CAUTION
Brake override system
The system assists safe deceleration by reducing the engine power when the accelerator pedal is jammed or stuck and when you continue depressing the brake pedal.
However, the system is deactivated when ESC is OFF in N mode. (Gear shift lever should stay in manual position.) When the system is disabled, the brake distance may be longer than when the system is activated.

6-39

Driving Your Vehicle
(/(&7521,&&21752/6863(16,21(&6
The Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) controls the vehicle suspension automatically to maximize driving comfort by taking into account the driving conditions such as speed, surface of the road, cornering, stopping requirements and acceleration. System malfunction
OOSN061011L
Check Electronic Suspension When Electronic Control Suspension is not working properly, this warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. If this occurs, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-40

ELECTRONIC LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL

Electronic Limited Slip Differential refers to a feature equipped with a mechanism that controls the differential functions of the wheels.
The Electronic Limited Slip Differential helps: Improve handling performance when
circling at high speed. Improve launching performance. Prevent slipping on rainy or snowy
roads due to dissimilar friction of the left and right wheels.

CUSTOM mode
You may select the drive mode you prefer from the infotainment system screen.
From the CUSTOM mode menu, select
H/6'1250$/63257

You may directly go to the CUSTOM mode menu by touching the infotainment system screen. For more details, refer to the separately supplied infotainment system manual.

WARNING
Never run wheels with one of them lifted by the jack. It is extremely dangerous for a vehicle equipped with Electronic Limited Slip Differential.

Drive mode selection
The characteristic of e-LSD varies according to which drive mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE or N1 or N2 button on the steering wheel.

Mode button
DRIVE MODE button

Selected mode
ECO mode
NORMAL mode
SPORT mode

Characteristic of e-LSD NORMAL
NORMAL
SPORT

N mode

SPORT

N button N CUSTOM mode

NORMAL/ SPORT

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter.

6-41

Driving Your Vehicle
Warning messages

System malfunction

OOSN061013L
Electronic Limited Slip Differential disabled temporarily due to overheating Overheating of related parts will temporarily disable e-LSD. Wait until the vehicle cools down.

OOSN061015L
Check limited slip differential
If the Electronic Limited Slip Differential warning message comes on, you may have a problem with the Electronic Limited Slip Differential system. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

OOSN061014L
Tire size mismatch. Check all tire sizes
If your vehicle is equipped with different tires (size, type, etc.) on the front, the message will appear. To use the Electronic Limited Slip Differential, equip the vehicle with the same tires on the front.

6-42

N BUTTON N1/N2 Button Settings
N1 button

N1 button

N2 button

OCN7N061208

N2 button

OCN7N061230L

N1 button: Left N button, N2 button: Right N button

OCN7N071130L

The driver can set the N1/N2 button on the infotainment system screen by pressing the button approximately 0.8 seconds.

OCN7N061231L
Each of the N1/N2 button can be set: 1. N 2. CUSTOM 1 3. CUSTOM 2 4. N CUSTOM 1 5. N CUSTOM 2 6. DRIVE MODE 7. Start/Record Lap Timer 8. End/Reset Lap Timer

Information
The same setting can be selected simultaneously on both N1 and N2 button. However, if the N1(N2) button is set to `(7) Start/Record Lap Timer', the N2(N1) button is automatically set to `(8) End/ Reset Lap Timer'. For more details, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

6-43

Driving Your Vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

Drive Mode
Drive mode button

The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.
The system resets to be in the NORMAL mode, when the engine is restarted.

The mode changes, whenever the N1 or N2 button on the steering wheel or the Drive mode button is pressed.

N1 button

OCN7N061254L

NORMAL SPORT ECO

When NORMAL mode is selected, it is not displayed on the instrument cluster.

N2 button

OCN7N061208

OCN7N071130L
Information
If N1 or N2 button is set to `Drive mode' from the infotainment system, the drive mode can be selected by pressing N1 or N2 button. For more details, please refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.
6-44

When the Drive Mode is set to ECO mode, the engine and transmission control logic are changed to maximize fuel efficiency. When the ECO mode is selected, the ECO indicator will illuminate. If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, when the engine is turned OFF and restarted, the Drive Mode setting will change to NORMAL mode.
Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated: The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator pedal is depressed moderately. The air conditioner performance may be limited. The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated, to improve fuel efficiency.

Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even though there is no change in ECO indicator. When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal. When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because engine torque is restricted.
The system will be limited due to the shift location. When the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, judging that the driver wants to speed up.

6-45

Driving Your Vehicle

SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driving performance. When SPORT mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the SPORT indicator will illuminate. When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating

N Mode
N1 button
N2 button

Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

OCN7N061208

OCN7N071130L
N mode may be selected by pressing the N1 or N2 button. The system resets to be in the NORMAL mode, when the engine is restarted.
Information
The driver can set the N1 or N2 button to N mode on the infotainment system screen. For more details on N1 or N2 button setup, refer to "N button" in this chapter.

6-46

N mode
N mode selects the proper driving mode among SPORT and SPORT+ for each components that will effect the performance of a highperformance vehicle. When N mode is selected, the N indicator will illuminate. N mode (SPORT/SPORT+) manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance. When N mode (SPORT/SPORT+) is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

CUSTOM mode
The driver can set the two types of CUSTOM mode (CUSTOM 1/CUSTOM 2). In CUSTOM mode, they can select the drive mode for each component they prefer on the infotainment system screen. Engine : NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+ Transmission : NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+ (For DCT)
- CREEP START function*1 ON/OFF E-LSD (Electronic Limited Slip
Differential) : NORMAL/SPORT Suspension : NORMAL/SPORT/
SPORT+ Steering : NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+ ESC (Electronic Stability Control) :
NORMAL/SPORT/OFF Exhaust sound : NORMAL/ SPORT/
SPORT+
*1 CREEP START function (default setting ON) : When OFF is set, vehicle will not start automatically even if the brake pedal is not pressed in D stop state.
For more details, refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.

6-47

Driving Your Vehicle

NGS (N Grin Shift)
Controls engine / transmission to maximum performance when pressing NGS button on the steering wheel remote control in situations where rapid acceleration is required.
Functional description and operating conditions

Activated

Non-operating

OJSN040333

OOSN061052N

OCN7N061188
When NGS button is pressed: Automatically shifts to the lowest
allowable gear (Automatic shifting is not performed in manual shift mode) Turbo is in overboost mode (number can be added as well) N Grin Shift is available for 20 Seconds N Grin Shift can be reused 40 seconds later after using the function for 20 seconds
N Grin Shift will turn off during operation or will not operate when: Changing Drive-mode during N Grin
Shift operation Engine check light is on Transmission high temperature
(overheating) lights on Transmission malfunction Shift lever is in P/ R/ N Using N Grin Shift within 40 seconds
after using the function for 20 seconds

CAUTION
The driver has the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle when using N Grin Shift.
Do not attempt dangerous driving while using N Grin Shift.
It is recommended to use after vehicle break-in and continuous use of N Grin Shift can overload the vehicle components such as transmission, engine and drive shaft.

6-48

Vehicle Characteristic
The characteristic of each components varies according to which drive mode is selected by pressing the N1 or N2 button on the steering wheel or the DRIVE MODE button.

Component

Engine & Driving
Chassis Sound

Engine Rev matching e-LSD*1 Suspension Steering ESC *2 Exhaust sound *3

ECO mode
ECO OFF NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL ECO

DRIVE MODE Button
NORMAL mode
NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL

SPORT mode
SPORT SPORT SPORT SPORT SPORT NORMAL SPORT

Component

N mode

N mode CUSTOM mode

Engine

SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

Engine & Driving Rev matching e-LSD*1

SPORT+ SPORT

OFF / NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+ NORMAL / SPORT

Suspension

SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

Chassis

Steering

ESC *2

Sound

Exhaust sound *3

*1 : Electronic Limited Slip Differential

SPORT+ SPORT SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+ NORMAL / SPORT / OFF
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

*2 : Electronic Stability Control

*3 : The volume of the exhaust sound made by the exhaust gas flap (if equipped) changes according to the mode selected. [Quietest] ECO/NORMAL mode < SPORT mode < N mode [Loudest]

An exhaust crackle sound, to deliver emotional effect, is produced while driving when the accelerator pedal is released right after being depressed. This exhaust sound effect will be heard when SPORT+ is selected for the Sound component. To urn it off, select NORMAL or SPORT for the Engine component in CUSTOM mode.

Please be aware and be mindful when using exhaust sound system in SPORT+ mode as the pops and bangs can cause disturbance to your neighbors when using it in a crowded public area, closed parking spaces, and/or residential area.We strongly recommend to use it with consideration.

MT : Manual Transmission

6-49

Driving Your Vehicle

DCT

Component

Engine & Driving
Chassis
Sound

Engine Transmission*4 e-LSD*1 Suspension Steering ESC *2
Exhaust sound *3

ECO mode ECO ECO
NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
ECO

DRIVE MODE Button
NORMAL mode NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
NORMAL

SPORT mode SPORT SPORT SPORT SPORT SPORT
NORMAL
SPORT

N mode

DCT

Component

N mode

CUSTOM mode

NGS Button (N Grin Shift)

Engine & Driving
Chassis

Engine Transmission*4 e-LSD*1 Suspension Steering ESC *2

SPORT+ SPORT+ SPORT SPORT+ SPORT+ SPORT

NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+ NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+
NORMAL / SPORT NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+ NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+
NORMAL / SPORT / OFF

SPORT+ SPORT+
Maintain mode before entering
NGS

Sound

Exhaust sound *3

SPORT+ NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

SPORT+

*1 : Electronic Limited Slip Differential

*2 : Electronic Stability Control

*3 : The volume of the exhaust sound made by the exhaust gas flap (if equipped) changes according to the mode selected. [Quietest] ECO/NORMAL mode < SPORT mode < N mode [Loudest]

*4 : Automatic creep start function can be turned ON / OFF in CUSTOM setup menu.

DCT : Dual Clutch Transmission

6-50

3(5)250$1&(237,21,)(48,33('
CAUTION
Please note that using high performance exhaust sound in a crowded public area, closed parking spaces, and/or residential area can cause disturbance to your neighbors.
Performance Option Settings

OCN7N061221L
2. Touch the performance option (3).

OCN7N061219N

Information
Items of Performance option may differ depending on the transmission specification.

OCN7N061220N
1. You can performance option function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. : Touch WKH1PRGH6ZLSHWKHVFUHHQWR left (2)

6-51

Driving Your Vehicle

Launch Control
Launch Control provides maximum acceleration on dry asphalt roads. Launch Control not to be used on any other surface. Excessive slip might occur and harm your vehicle.
Prerequisite for activation
Launch Control gets ready to be activated, when the following prerequisites are satisfied. All doors, hood and trunk are closed. The vehicle is at a complete stop. No malfunction warning lights related
to the engine and ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is in Sport or Off mode.
NOTICE
Launch Control is intended for use at a closed race track with dry road surface and not intended for use on public roads. It will not compensate for driver's who are inexperienced or lack familiarity with the race track.
Do not use Launch Control during break-in period of the vehicle.
Constant use of Launch Control can put enormous stress on the vehicle resulting in premature wear of related components.

OCN7N061232N
1. Press the `Launch control' tab.
2. Press the `< (Left)' or `> (Right)' to set the engine RPM for launch control.
3. Press `Activate' to enter Launch Control ready state.
4. Press `Reset RPM' to reset engine RPM to default launch control engine speed.

6-52

Launch control on and off (For Manual transmission)
1. Select N mode with `N' button (N mode indicator will illuminate on the cluster) or select SPORT+ for the engine mode in CUSTOM mode.
2. Check that the ESC mode is ESC SPORT mode or ESC OFF. If not, press ESC OFF button to set the ESC mode to ESC SPORT mode or ESC OFF. (Electronic Stability Control (ESC) does not operate when ESC OFF.)
3. 6HOHFW
3HUIRUPDQFH2SWLRQV/DXQFK Control' to set engine RPM from the Infotainment system screen. After setting RPM, press 'Activate'.
4. Align the steering wheel straight
5. Depress the clutch pedal.
6. Shift to 1st gear.
7. While depressing the clutch pedal with your left foot, quickly and fully depress the accelerator pedal with your right foot. Launch control will be in the ready state. The message 'Launch Control Ready' will appear on the cluster. If necessary, adjust engine rpm with +/- switch on the steering wheel.
8. A smooth, quick release of the clutch pedal within 8 seconds, while maintaining full depression of the accelerator pedal will initiate launching of the vehicle. The message 'Launch Control Active' will appear on the cluster.
9. Control will deactivate when the accelerator pedal is released.

Launch control on and off (For Dual clutch transmission)
1. Select N mode with 'N' button (N-mode indicator lights up on cluster) or select SPORT+ for the engine mode in custom mode.
2. Check that the ESC mode is ESC SPORT or ESC OFF. If not, press button to set the ESC mode to ESC SPORT or ESC OFF.(Indicator lights on the cluster)(Vehicle dynamic control device does not operate when ESC OFF.)
3. Put the transmission gear on 'D'(driving) or 'M' (manual mode) position.(driver must shift by yourself when manual mode is selected.)
4. In Launch Control tab of Navigation's Performance Options, select rpm and press `Activate' button.(N mode 3HUIRUPDQFH2SWLRQ/DXQFK Control) (button lights on when activated)
5. Align the steering wheel straight.
6. Press brake pedal to maximum with your left foot.
7. When you press the brake pedal with your left foot and quickly press and hold accelerator pedal with your right foot, you are ready for launch control. When it is ready, the text "Launch Control Ready" is displayed. RPM value can be adjusted with +/- switch on the steering wheel.
8. Release your foot gently off the brake pedal within 8 seconds to launch the vehicle, keeping accelerator pedal fully pressed. Launch Control is activated and the text" Launch Control Active" is displayed.
9. Launch control is deactivated when you release accelerator pedal.

6-53

Driving Your Vehicle

CAUTION (For Manual
transmission)
If you press the clutch pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time and then release the accelerator pedal, the launch control function is released.
To use the Launch Control again, you must use the vehicle for at least 3 minutes (over 60 km/h) or for at least after 5 minutes of cooling.
If you do not start after 8 seconds by stepping on the clutch pedal and the accelerator pedal, the launch control function is automatically released and can be reused after cooling down the vehicle

CAUTION
Launch performance when using launch control in vehicle is highly dependent on the clutch connection technology, tire friction and road conditions. In other words, the use of the launch control does not always guarantee maximum launch performance.

CAUTION (For Dual clutch
transmission)
If you press the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time and then release the accelerator pedal, the launch control function is released.
To use the Launch Control again, you must use the vehicle for at least 2 minutes (over 60 km/h) or for at least after 5 minutes of cooling.
If you do not start after 8 seconds by stepping on the clutch pedal and the accelerator pedal ,the launch control function is automatically released and can be reused after cooling down the vehicle.

6-54

Shift Light
Normal mode

N mode

OBC3N060029

OCN7N061258N
When engine is operating in a high RPM area, it is indicated on the cluster according to the corresponding engine RPM.
As the engine RPM approaches to the limit, each of shift lights on both sides, and when all lights blinks in red or alert alarm sound, it is time to perform upshift immediately.
In the "Shift light" tab of the performance option, you can set which mode displays shift light and select target shift RPM. 1PRGH3HUIRUPDQFHRSWLRQV6KLIW light)

OCN7N061241L
1. Press `Shift light' tab in Performance options.
2. Select drive mode to activate shift indicator. (ECO/NORMAL/SPORT/N/ CUSTOM)
3. Set up target RPM by pressing `< (Left)' or `> (Right)'. (6000 RPM ~ 6700 RPM)
4. Check `Alert sound' to choose whether or not to execute.
5. Press `Reset RPM' to reset the target RPM speed.
Engine speed change notification is sent before engine speed reaches to the set value to shift at set target RPM speed.

6-55

Driving Your Vehicle

Shift Light operation table
Blinking of all 5 LEDs, works only in the fixed shift mode where manual upshift is required.

Shift lever position
D
M

Shift mode
Automatic shift mode N Grin Shift operation N Track Shift operation Temporary manual shift mode (enter D stage paddle shifter operation) Fixed shift mode (no automatic upshift)

LED step lighting
X O O
O
O

All LED blink (upshift shift notification) X X X
X
O

6-56

N Track Sense Shift (for DCT)
N Track Sense Shift is automatically activated when dynamic driving condition with lots of cornering maneuver is detected. (for example, Race track driving). The program enables stress-free track driving by automatically shifting down at the entry of corner and maintains lower gear during cornering as if you are shifting manually in professional manner. N Track Sense Shift provides lower gear when level of driving aggression increases.
* DCT : Dual clutch transmission

How to set N Track Sense Shift
OCN7N061242L
1. 3UHVVoe10RGH3HUIRUPDQFH 2SWLRQ17UDFN6HQVH6KLIWRQWKH infotainment system home screen to enter the N Track Sense Shift setting screen.
2. In N Track Sense Shift setup screen, press 'Activate' to select enable/ disable features.
Ã When the vehicle is released for the first time, function is activated.
Ã Active/Deactivated setting is saved even when the vehicle is restarted.

6-57

Driving Your Vehicle

Operating condition
N Track Sense Shift is enabled in the Performance Options settings
Shift lever in D (Drive) position Transmission mode is SPORT or
SPORT+ (Including SPORT or N mode)
Vehicle speed is above 21 mph (35km/h)
Cornering-oriented dynamic driving detection

Non-operating conditions
N Track Sense Shift is disabled in Performance Options settings
Shift lever position is in P/R/N Changing Transmission mode during
operation (Transmission mode does not work in ECO, NORMAL or manual shift mode.)
Cruise Control is operating Vehicle speed is below 21 mph (35
km/h)
Ã When N Track Sense Shift is deactivated, the displayed message will disappear from the instrument LCD screen.

OCN7N061198N
Ã When N Track Sense Shift is operating, a message is displayed in the instrument cluster LCD screen as shown below.

CAUTION
Vehicle safety and control must be at your own discretion and do not attempt to drive dangerously to operate N Track Sense Shift.
WARNING
N Track Sense is activated only automatically when vehicle recognizes dynamic driving (longitudinal & lateral forces). Only operate in accordance with local road rules and in safe conditions. Driving the vehicle in certain circumstances or participating in certain driving activities can impact your new vehicle warranty. See your Service Warranty Passport for full warranty terms, conditions and exclusions.

6-58

N Power Shift (for DCT)

N Sound Equalizer

OCN7N061255N
When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal fully (100%) in N mode for faster acceleration, it controls by (up) shifting with minimal energy loss.
N Power Shift can be deactivated by pressing 'Activate' on the screen. When N Power Shift is deactivated, vehicle shifting is similar to normal shifting. However, it is activated when the engine is restarted.
* DCT : Dual clutch transmission

OCN7N061244L
Driving sound master volume

Tone equalizer

OCN7N061246L

OCN7N061245L
N Sound Equalizer provides a more exciting driving sound to the driver through the existing speakers installed in the vehicle. For detailed information, refer to the infotainment system manual separately supplied.
6-59

Driving Your Vehicle

Information
It provides three special driving sounds of N vehicle's. Equalizer features are available to adjust the volume and tone in detail to suit your personal taste.

Sound
SPORTY
HIGH PERPORMANCE
TCR

Mode SPORT CUSTOM N STANDARD CUSTOM
CUSTOM

Custom O O
O

Function
It matches well with the exhaust sound to provide a natural and linear sound.
It provides a sound with a sense of power an1d dynamics even in the low RPM range. It plays the sound of a HYUNDAI TCR vehicle.

6-60

Maximum Performance Driving (How to drive with Octane Number Learning)
When the vehicle is refueled, ECU recognizes fueling conditions and determines the octane rating of the fuel.
Maximum boost pressure is limited to protect the engine until the fuel is identified as premium fuel.
After the vehicle is refueled with premium fuel, it is recommended to drive the vehicle in the below conditions for quick learning.

Driving conditions

Gear

Accelerator pedal Vehicle speed Driving time

When high and

constant speed driving TOP gear fixed

is possible

(MT: 6th gear)

(highway, expressway, (DCT: 8th gear)

freeway, etc.)

Constant speed control
(Cruise control is possible)

68-99 mph

5 minutes or more

When high and constant speed driving 4th gear or 5th is not possible (circuit, gear fixed
etc.)

40%-70%

25-75 mph Repeating slow
acceleration within the area

5 minutes or more

The description (vehicle speed is above speed limit and acceleration and deceleration

is repeated) in the table is based on the assumption that you are driving in a circuit.

WARNING
Follow the speed limit when driving with Octane Number Learning.

OCN7N061236N
[Driving example] When high and constant speed driving is possible

OCN7N061235N
[Driving example] When high and constant speed driving is not possible

6-61

Driving Your Vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the below suggestions: Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance. Avoid abrupt braking or steering. When your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin. Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING

WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature of the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous - you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

Downshifting with an intelligent variable transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 8.

6-62

Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember: Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlights. Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle. Turn OFF your Cruise Control. Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield. Tires should be properly maintained with at least 2/32nds of an inch of tread depth. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire replacement" in chapter 9.
Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 8.

6-63

Driving Your Vehicle

Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or adversely affect vehicle handling. This could lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway. Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.

6-64

WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

6-65

Driving Your Vehicle

Tire chains
OCN7N061222
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. Therefore the use of snow tires is preferred over the use of tire chains. If the road and weather conditions require the use of tire chains, be sure to use tire chains that have been properly selected for the size of tire on your HYUNDAI vehicle. Be sure to follow the guidelines and installation instructions provided from the tire chain manufacturer. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.

WARNING
The use of AutoSock (fabric snow chain) may adversely affect vehicle handling: Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.
Information
Install AutoSock (fabric snow chain) only in pairs and on the front tires. It should be noted that installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

6-66

Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain), follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly as possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the AutoSock(fabric snow chain) as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.When mounting AutoSock (fabric snow chain), park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available).Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing tire chains.
NOTICE
When using AutoSock (fabric snow chain):
Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3-0.6 miles (0.5-1.0 km).

Winter Precautions Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 8. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 8. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in chapter 8 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.

6-67

Driving Your Vehicle

Use approved window washer antifreeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container.
Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the paint finish.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.

Don't place foreign objects or materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved deicing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Drive your vehicle when water vapor condenses and accumulates inside the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long time in winter while the engine is running, water vapor may condense and accumulate inside the exhaust pipes. Water in the exhaust pipes may cause noise, etc., but it is drained driving at medium to high speed.

6-68

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.

6-69

Driving Your Vehicle

Tire Loading Information Label
OCN7N061249N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight. Vehicle capacity weight 849 lbs. (385 kg) Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity
Total: 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

6-70

Steps for determining correct load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can be broken, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.

6-71

Driving Your Vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)
Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)
Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)

6-72

Certification label
OBH059070
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.

Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may result in a crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle (for example, suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. Put items in the cargo area of your
vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly. Do not stack items like suitcases inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats. Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle. When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

6-73

7. Driver Assistance System
Driving Safety Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera only) ................... 7-2 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) .......................................................................................7-14 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ........................................................ 7-20 Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ......................................................................................... 7-34 Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ........................................................................7-40 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ............................................................................7-43
Driving Convenience Cruise Control (CC)..................................................................................................7-50 Lane Following Assist (LFA) .................................................................................... 7-54
Parking Safety Rear View Monitor (RVM) .......................................................................................7-58 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ......................................... 7-62 Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .............................................................7-74
Declaration of Conformity............................................................................................. 7-78
7

Driver Assistance System

)25:$5'&2//,6,21$92,'$1&($66,67)&$ )52179,(:&$0(5$21/<

OCN7N071084
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in the roadway and warn the driver that a collision is imminent with a warning, audible emergency braking.
Detecting sensor

CAUTION
Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
Never disassemble the detecting sensor or sensor assembly, or cause any damage to it.
If the detecting sensor has been replaced or repaired, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
Exercise extreme caution to keep the front view camera dry.
Never place any reflective objects (for example, white paper, mirror) over the dashboard.

[1] : Front view camera

OCN7N071001N

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

7-2

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
Setting features

Driving Safety Auto Off in N mode

OCN7N071089L
Forward Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect oe'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFH)RUZDUG6DIHW\IURP the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function. - ,Ioe$FWLYH$VVLVWLVVHOHFWHG)RUZDUG
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning depending on the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied depending on the collision risk. - ,Ioe:DUQLQJ2QO\LVVHOHFWHG)RUZDUG Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning depending on the collision risk levels. The driver must apply the brake pedal or steer the vehicle if necessary. - ,Ioe2IILVVHOHFWHGWKH)RUZDUG Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off. The warning light will illuminate on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist On/Off status from the Settings menu. If the warning light remains on when Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is on, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OCN7N071090L
With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH'ULYLQJ6DIHW\2IILQ1 PRGHIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWRVHW whether to use the function. - ,Ioe'ULYLQJ6DIHW\2IILQ1PRGHLV
selected, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist turns off automatically when N mode is selected. - ,Ioe'ULYLQJ6DIHW\2IILQ1PRGH is deselected, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist does not turn off automatically even when N mode is selected.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will always turn on. However, if `Off' is selected after the engine is restarted, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
CAUTION
If `Warning Only' is selected, braking is not assisted.

7-3

Driver Assistance System

Information
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off when ESC is turned off by pressing and holding the ESC OFF button. The warning light will illuminate on the cluster.
Driving Safety system includes Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist, Lane Keeping Assist, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist and Driver Attention Warning.
You can turn on the Forward Collision Avoidance Assist by selecting `Active Assist' or `Warning Only' while automatically turned off due to N mode operation.
If N mode is turned off, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist returns to its last setting.
For more details on N mode setup, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" section in chapter 6.
OCN7N071091L
Warning Timing With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ7LPLQJIURPWKH Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. When the vehicle is first delivered, :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRoe6WDQGDUG,I\RX change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

OCN7N071092L
Warning Volume With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH Settings menu to change the Warning 9ROXPHWRoe+LJKoe0HGLXPRUoe/RZIRU Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If you change the warning volume, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning timing and Warning volume applies to all functions of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist.
Even though, `Standard' is selected for Warning Timing if the front vehicle suddenly stops, the warning may seem late.
Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing and Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.

7-4

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
Warning and control The basic feature of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist is to warn and help control the vehicle depending on FROOLVLRQULVNOHYHOoeFROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJ oe(PHUJHQF\%UDNLQJDQGoe6WRSSLQJ YHKLFOHDQGHQGLQJEUDNHFRQWURO
OCN7N071014L
Collision Warning To warn the driver of a collision, the
oe&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJZDUQLQJPHVVDJH will appear on the cluster and an audible warning will sound. If a vehicle is detected in front, the function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-112 mph (10-180 km/h). If a pedestrian is detected in front, the function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h).

OCN7N071015L
Emergency Braking To warn the driver that emergency
braking will occur, the `Emergency %UDNLQJZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU on the cluster and an audible warning will sound.
If a vehicle is detected in front, the function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h).
If a pedestrian is detected in front, the function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h).
In emergency braking situation, braking is assisted with strong braking power by the function to help prevent collision with the vehicle or pedestrian ahead.

7-5

Driver Assistance System

OCN7N071017L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the `Drive FDUHIXOO\ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings. Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist: For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location. With `Active Assist' or `Warning Only' selected, when ESC is turned off by pressing and holding the ESC OFF button, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off automatically. In this case, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist cannot be set from the Settings menu and the warning light will illuminate on the cluster which is normal. If ESC is turned on by pressing the ESC OFF button, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the last setting.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate in all situations and cannot avoid all collisions.
The driver has the responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
Never deliberately operate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if the driver depresses the brake pedal to avoid collision.
Depending on the road and driving conditions, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver.
During Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
If any other function's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
You may not hear the warning sound of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surroundings are noisy.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or may not operate properly or may operate unnecessarily depending on the road conditions and the surroundings.

7-6

WARNING
Even if there is a problem with Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate properly.
During emergency braking, braking control by Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal or sharply steers the vehicle.
CAUTION
Depending on the condition of the vehicle and pedestrian in front and the surroundings, the speed range to operate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may reduce. Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may only warn the driver, or it may not operate.
Information
In a situation where collision is imminent, braking may be assisted by Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist when braking is insufficient by the driver.
The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the instrument cluster.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
OTM070094N
When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the `Check )RUZDUG6DIHW\V\VWHPZDUQLQJPHVVDJH will appear, and the and warning lights will illuminate on the cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-7

Driver Assistance System

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled
OTM070093N
When the front windshield where the front view camera is located or the sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist. If this occurs the `Forward Safety system GLVDEOHG&DPHUDREVFXUHGZDUQLQJ message, and the and warning lights will illuminate on the cluster. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate properly when such snow, rain or foreign material is removed. If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate properly after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign material) is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Even though the warning message or warning light does not appear on the cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain), where any objects are not detected after turning ON the engine.

Limitations of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
The detecting sensor or the surroundings are contaminated or damaged
The temperature around the front view camera is high or low due to surrounding environment
The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or sticky foreign material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
Moisture is not removed or frozen on the windshield
Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or the wiper is on
Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick fog
The field of view of the front view camera is obstructed by sun glare
Street light or light from an oncoming traffic is reflected on the wet road surface, such as a puddle on the road
An object is placed on the dashboard Your vehicle is being towed The surrounding is very bright The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
The brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
The brightness outside is low, and the headlights are not on or are not bright

7-8

Driving through steam, smoke or shadow
Only part of the vehicle, or pedestrian is detected
The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy truck, truck with an unusually shaped cargo, trailer, etc.
The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail lights are located unusually, etc.
The brightness outside is low, and the tail lamps are not on or are not bright
The rear of the front vehicle is small or the vehicle does not look normal, such as when the vehicle is tilted, overturned, or the side of the vehicle is visible, etc.
7KHIURQWYHKLFOHVJURXQGFOHDUDQFHLV low or high
A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly cuts in front
The vehicle in front is detected late The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by an obstacle
The vehicle in front suddenly changes lane or suddenly reduces speed
The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
7KHIURQWYHKLFOHVVSHHGLVIDVWRU slow
The vehicle in front steers in the opposite direction of your vehicle to avoid a collision
With a vehicle in front, your vehicle changes lane at low speed
The vehicle in front is covered with snow

You are departing or returning to the lane
Unstable driving You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected You are continuously driving in a circle The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill The pedestrian is not fully detected,
for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright The pedestrian is wearing clothing or equipment that makes it difficult to detect
OADAS051
The illustration above shows the image the front view camera is capable of detecting as a vehicle and pedestrian. The pedestrian in front is moving very
quickly The pedestrian in front is short or is
posing a low posture The pedestrian in front has impaired
mobility The pedestrian in front is moving
intersected with the driving direction

7-9

Driver Assistance System

There is a group of pedestrians or a large crowd in front
The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to detect
The pedestrian is difficult to distinguish from the similarly shaped structure in the surroundings
You are driving by a pedestrian, traffic sign, structure, etc., near the intersection
Driving in a parking lot Driving through a tollgate,
construction area, unpaved road, partial paved road, uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
Driving on an incline road, curved road, etc.
Driving through a roadside with trees or streetlights
The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown
There is interference by electromagnetic waves such as driving in an area with strong radio waves or electrical noise

WARNING
Driving on a curved road

OADAS003SD

OADAS002SD

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles or pedestrians in front of you on curved roads adversely affecting the performance of the sensors. This may result in no warning or braking assist when necessary.

When driving on a curved road, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

7-10

07
Driving on an inclined road

OADAS005SD

OADAS006SD

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect a vehicle or pedestrian in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.

If this occurs, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake. Always check the traffic conditions around the vehicle.

OADAS009SD

OADAS007SD
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles or pedestrians in front of you while driving uphill or downhill adversely affecting the performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warning or braking assist, or no warning or braking assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly decrease when a vehicle or pedestrian ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road while driving uphill or downhill and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

7-11

Driver Assistance System Changing lanes

OADAS032SD
[A] : Your vehicle,
[B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle when the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle, [C] : Same lane vehicle

OADAS033SD

When a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle that is now in front of you.

In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

7-12

Detecting vehicle
OCN7N071079L
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

WARNING
When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, we recommend that Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is turned off due to safety reasons.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may operate if objects that are similar in shape or characteristics to vehicles and pedestrians are detected.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate on bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects, such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered with strong electromagnetic waves.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.

7-13

Driver Assistance System

/$1(.((3,1*$66,67/.$
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help detect lane markings (or road edges) while driving over a certain speed. Lane Keeping Assist will warn the driver if the vehicle leaves the lane without using the turn signal, or will automatically assist WKHGULYHUVVWHHULQJWRKHOSSUHYHQWWKH vehicle from departing the lane.
Detecting sensor

Lane Keeping Assist Settings Setting features

[1] : Front view camera

OCN7N071001N

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect lane markings (or road edges).

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

OCN7N071093L

Lane Safety

With the engine on, select or deselect oe'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFH/DQH6DIHW\IURP the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function.
- ,Ioe$VVLVWLVVHOHFWHG/DQH.HHSLQJ Assist will automatically assist the GULYHUVVWHHULQJZKHQODQHGHSDUWXUH is detected to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.

- If 'Warning Only' is selected, Lane

Keeping Assist will warn the driver

with an audible warning when lane

departure is detected. The driver must

steer the vehicle.

- ,Ioe2IILVVHOHFWHG/DQH.HHSLQJ$VVLVW

will turn off. The

indicator light

will turn off on the cluster.

WARNING
If 'Warning Only' is selected, steering is not assisted.
Lane Keeping Assist does not control the steering wheel when the vehicle is driven in the middle of the lane.
The driver should always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle if `Off' is selected.

7-14

07
Driving Safety Auto Off in N mode

OCN7N071002N
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off With the engine on and the Lane Safety button is pushed, the function turns on and the white indicator appears on the cluster. If you press the Lane Safety button when the Lane Keeping Assist is ON, the function turns off.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping Assist will maintain the last setting.
When Lane Keeping Assist is turned off with the Lane Safety button, Lane Safety settings will turn off.

OCN7N071092L
Warning Volume With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH Settings menu to change the Warning 9ROXPHWRoe+LJKoe0HGLXPRUoe/RZIRU Lane Keeping Assist. If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
7-15

Driver Assistance System

Lane Keeping Assist Operation Warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and help control the vehicle with Lane Departure Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.

Left

Right

Lane Keeping Assist

To warn the driver that the vehicle

is departing from the projected lane

in front, the green

indicator

light will blink on the cluster, and the

steering wheel will make adjustments

to help keep the vehicle inside the

lane.

Lane Keeping Assist will operate

when your vehicle speed is between

approximately 40-120 mph (60-200

km/h).

OCN7N071020

OCN7N071021

Lane Departure Warning

To warn the driver that the vehicle is

departing from the projected lane in

front, the green

indicator light

will blink on the cluster, the lane line

will blink on the cluster depending on

which direction the vehicle is veering,

and an audible warning will sound.

Lane Keeping Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 40-120 mph (60-200 km/h).

OCN7N071094L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds, the oe3ODFHKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJZKHHO warning message will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound in stages.

7-16

WARNING
The steering wheel may not be assisted if the steering wheel is held very tight or the steering wheel is steered over a certain degree.
Lane Keeping Assist does not operate at all times. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
The handsoff warning message may appear late depending on road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the handsoff warning message may appear because Lane Keeping Assist may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the hands-off warning may not work properly.

Information

For more details on setting the

functions in the infotainment system

Vehicle Settings, refer to "Vehicle

Settings" section in chapter 4.

When lane markings (or road edges)

are detected, the lane lines on the

cluster will change from grey to white

and the green

indicator light will

illuminate.

Lane undetected

Lane detected

OCN7N071140L

OCN7N071141L

The images and colors in the

instrument cluster may differ

depending on the cluster type or theme

selected from the instrument cluster.

Even though the steering is assisted by

Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may

control the steering wheel.

The steering wheel may feel heavier

or lighter when the steering wheel is

assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than

when it is not.

7-17

Driver Assistance System

Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction

OTM070035N

When Lane Keeping Assist is not working

properly, the `Check Lane Keeping Assist /.$V\VWHPZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO

appear and the yellow

indicator

light will illuminate on the cluster. If this

occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate properly or may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances: The lane is contaminated or difficult
to detect:
- The lane markings (or road edge) are covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or road edge) is not distinguishable from the road
- There are markings (or road edges) on the road near the lane or the markings (or road edges) on the road look similar to the lane markings (or road edge)

- The lane marking (or road edge) is indistinct or damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking (or road edge) by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
- The number of lanes change or the lanes merge
There are more than two lane markings (or road edges) on the road
The lane markings (or road edges) are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines, such as a construction area
There are road markings, such as zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and road signs
The lane suddenly disappears, such as at the intersection
The lane (or road width) is very wide or narrow
There is a road edge without a lane There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk, curb, etc. The distance to the front vehicle is extremely short or the vehicle in front is covering the lane marking (or road edge)
Information
For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

7-18

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Lane Keeping Assist:
The driver has the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle, and should not solely rely on Lane Keeping Assist
The operation of Lane Keeping Assist can be cancelled or not work properly depending on road conditions and surroundings. Always be cautious while driving.
Refer to "Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist" if the lane is not detected properly.
When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, we recommend that Lane Keeping Assist is turned off due to safety reasons.
If the vehicle is driven at high speed, the steering wheel will not be controlled. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using Lane Keeping Assist.

If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Lane Keeping Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
You may not hear the warning sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the surroundings are noisy.
If you attach objects to the steering wheel, steering may not be assisted properly.
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.
Lane Keeping Assist will not operate when:
- The turn signal or hazard warning flasher is turned on
- The vehicle is not driven in the center of the lane when Lane Keeping Assist is turned on or right after changing a lane
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve
- The vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55 km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/h)
- The vehicle makes sudden lane changes
- The vehicle brakes suddenly

7-19

Driver Assistance System

%/,1'6327&2//,6,21$92,'$1&($66,67%&$ ,)(48,33('

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect and monitor DSSURDFKLQJYHKLFOHVLQWKHGULYHUV blind spot area and warn the driver of a possible collision with a warning message and audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision when changing lanes or driving forward out of a parking space, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist can help avoid a collision by applying the brake.

OHY059002
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist helps detect and informs the driver that a vehicle is approaching at high speed from the blind spot area.

OCN7N071096L
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist helps detect and inform the driver that a vehicle is in the blind spot.

CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on the speed of the vehicle approaching at high speed.

CAUTION
The detecting range may vary depending on the speed of your vehicle. Even if there is a vehicle in the blind spot area, Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist may not warn you when you pass by at high speeds.

OCN7N071154N
When changing lanes by detecting the lane ahead, if Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist judges that there is a collision risk with an approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it can help avoid a collision by applying the brake.

7-20

OHY059004
When you are driving forward out of a parking space, if Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist judges that there is a collision risk with an approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it can help avoid a collision by applying the brake. Detecting sensor
OCN7N071001N

CAUTION
Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
Never disassemble the rear corner radar or radar assembly, or cause any damage to it.
If the rear corner radar or near the radar has been damaged or impacted in any way even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the rear corner radars have been replaced or repaired, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair the rear bumper where the rear corner radar is located.
Do not apply license plate frame or objects, such as a bumper sticker, film or a bumper guard near the rear corner radar.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not work properly if the bumper has been replaced, or the surroundings of the rear corner radar have been damaged or paint has been applied.
If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it may adversely affect the performance of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate.

[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Rear corner radar

OCN7N071127N

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

7-21

Driver Assistance System

Information
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings Setting features
OCN7N071097N
Blind-Spot Safety With the engine on, select or deselect oe'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFH%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\ from the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function. - ,Ioe$FWLYH$VVLVWLVVHOHFWHG%OLQG6SRW
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message, an audible warning and braking assist will be applied depending on the collision risk levels. - ,Ioe:DUQLQJ2QO\LVVHOHFWHG%OLQG Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message, an audible warning depending on the collision risk levels. Braking will not be assisted. - ,Ioe2IILVVHOHFWHG%OLQG6SRW Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off.

OTM070097N
When the engine is restarted with BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist off, WKHoe%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\6\VWHPLV2II message will appear on the cluster. ,I\RXFKDQJHWKHVHWWLQJIURPoe2IIWR oe$FWLYH$VVLVWRUoe:DUQLQJ2QO\WKH warning light on the side view mirror will blink for three seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on, when Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance $VVLVWLVVHWWRoe$FWLYH$VVLVWRUoe:DUQLQJ 2QO\WKHZDUQLQJOLJKWRQWKHVLGHYLHZ mirror will blink for three seconds.

7-22

Driving Safety Auto Off in N mode

OCN7N071091L
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ7LPLQJIURPWKH Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRoe6WDQGDUG,I\RX change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

WARNING
If `Warning Only' is selected, braking is not assisted.
If `Off' is selected, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the last setting.

7-23

Driver Assistance System

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
Warning and control

OCN7N071092L
Warning Volume With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH Settings menu to change the Warning 9ROXPHWRoe+LJKoe0HGLXPRUoe/RZIRU Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume, the warning volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist.
Even though `Standard' is selected for Warning Timing, if a vehicle approaches at high speed, the warning may seem late.
Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

OCN7N071151
Vehicle detection To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the side view mirror will illuminate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in the blind spot area is above 7 mph (10 km/h).

7-24

Collision warning Collision Warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the direction of the detected vehicle.
,Ioe:DUQLQJ2QO\LVVHOHFWHGIURPWKH Settings menu, the collision warning will operate when your vehicle approaches the lane the blind spot vehicle is detected.
To warn the driver of a collision, the warning light on the outside view mirror will blink. At the same time, an audible warning will sound.
When the turn signal is turned off or you move away from the lane, the collision warning will be cancelled and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will return to vehicle detection state.

Information
If the driver's seat is on the left side, the collision warning may occur when you turn left. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver's seat is on the right side, the collision warning may occur when you turn right. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the right lane.
Images or colors may appear differently depending on the instrument panel specifications or theme.

WARNING
The detecting range of the rear corner radar is determined by a standard road width, therefore, on a narrow road, Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect other vehicles two lanes over and warn you. In contrast, on a wide road, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be able to detect a vehicle driving in the next lane and may not warn you.
When the hazard warning flasher is on, the collision warning by the turn signal will not operate.

OCN7N071004L
Collision-avoidance assist (while driving) To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning message will appear on the cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is between 40-120 mph (60-200 km/h). and both lane markings of the driving lane are detected.
Emergency Braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with the vehicle in the blind spot area.

7-25

Driver Assistance System

WARNING
Collision-avoidance assist will be cancelled under the following circumstances:
- Your vehicle enters the next lane by a certain distance
- Your vehicle is away from the collision risk
- The steering wheel is sharply steered
- The brake pedal is depressed
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating
After Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation or lane change, you must drive to the center of the lane. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will not operate if the vehicle is not driven in the center of the lane.

OCN7N071124L
Collision-avoidance assist (while departing) To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning message will appear on the cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in the blind spot area is above 3 mph (5 km/h).
Emergency braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with the vehicle in the blind spot area.

7-26

OCN7N071017L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the `Drive FDUHIXOO\ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings. Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist: For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location. If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated. You may not hear the warning sound of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surroundings are noisy.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision.
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating, braking control by the function will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal or sharply steers the vehicle.
During Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist operation, the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
Even if there is a problem with BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate properly.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate in all situations and cannot avoid all collisions.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions.
Driver should maintain control of the vehicle at all times. Do not depend on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist. Maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
Never operate Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.

7-27

Driver Assistance System

WARNING
The brake control may not operate properly depending on the status of ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when: The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction

OTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning light is not working properly, the `Check VLGHYLHZPLUURUZDUQLQJOLJKWZDUQLQJ message will appear on the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTM070099N
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the `Check %OLQG6SRW6DIHW\V\VWHPVZDUQLQJ message will appear on the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-28

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled
OCN7N071098L
When the rear bumper around the rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist. If this occurs, the `Blind-Spot Safety V\VWHPLVGLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHG warning message will appear on the cluster. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate properly when such foreign material or trailer, etc. is removed, and then the engine is restarted. If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain) where any objects are not detected right after the engine is turned on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign material right after the engine is turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier, or another attachment. Turn on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist when finished.
Limitations of Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances: There is inclement weather such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. The rear corner radar is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc. The temperature around the rear
corner radar is high or low Driving on a highway ramp

7-29

Driver Assistance System

The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (for example, possibly due to subway construction)
There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as sound barriers, guardrails, central dividers, entry barriers, street lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc. (including double structures)
Driving in vast areas where there are few vehicles or structures (for example, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass are overgrown
Driving on a wet road surface, such as a puddle on the road
The other vehicle drives very close behind your vehicle, or the other vehicle passes by your vehicle in close proximity

The speed of the other vehicle is very fast that it passes by your vehicle in a short time
Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle
Your vehicle changes lane Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated
The vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you, or when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you
A trailer, carrier or other attachment is installed around the rear corner radar
The bumper around the rear corner radar is covered with objects, such as a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
The bumper around the rear corner radar is impacted, damaged or the radar is out of position
Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly when the following objects are detected:
A motorcycle or bicycle is detected A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is detected
A moving obstacle such as a pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a baby stroller is detected
A vehicle with low height such as a sports car is detected

7-30

%UDNLQJFRQWUROPD\QRWZRUNGULYHUV attention is required in the following circumstances: The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road or concrete patch Driving on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, ice, etc. The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged The braking system has been modified The vehicle makes abrupt lane changes
Information
For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" and "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in chapter 7.

WARNING
Driving on a curved road
OHY059008
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

OHY059009
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. The function may recognize a vehicle in the same lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.
7-31

Driver Assistance System

Driving where the road is merging/ dividing

Driving where the heights of the lanes are different

OCN7N071099L
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where the road merges or divides. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.
Driving on an inclined road

OCN7N072059N
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. The function may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

OCN7N071058L
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a sloped road. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane or may incorrectly detect the ground or structure.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

WARNING
When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, make sure that you turn off Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera or rear corner radars are initialized.

7-32

Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and 2. This device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information: This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

7-33

Driver Assistance System
6$)((;,7:$51,1*6(:,)(48,33('
Detecting sensor

OHY050024
After the vehicle stops, when an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after a passenger opens the door, Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning to help prevent a collision.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on the speed of the approaching vehicle.

[1] : Rear corner radar

OCN7N071054N

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radars, refer to "BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" section in chapter 7.

7-34

Safe Exit Warning Settings Setting features

OCN7N071100L
Safe Exit Warning With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\6DIH([LW :DUQLQJIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWRWXUQ on Safe Exit Warning and deselect to turn off the function.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of the surroundings. If `Safe Exit Warning' is deselected, Safe Exit Warning cannot assist you.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Warning will maintain the last setting.

OCN7N071092L
Warning Volume With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH Settings menu to change the Warning 9ROXPHWRoe+LJKoe0HGLXPRUoe/RZIRU Safe Exit Warning.
If you change the warning volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Safe Exit Warning.
Even though `Standard' is selected for Warning Timing, if a vehicle approaches at high speed from the rear, the warning may seem late.
Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

7-35

Driver Assistance System

Safe Exit Warning Operation Warning
OCN7N071151
OCN7N071101L
Collision Warning when exiting vehicle When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected at the moment a door is opened, the `Watch (out) for WUDIILFZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound. Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver when your vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the approaching vehicle from the rear is above 3 mph (5 km/h).

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Safe Exit Warning:
For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Safe Exit Warning's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
You may not hear the warning sound of Safe Exit Warning if the surroundings are noisy.
Safe Exit Warning does not operate in all situations and cannot prevent all collisions.
Safe Exit Warning may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions. Always check vehicle surroundings.
The driver and passengers are responsible for accidents that occur while exiting the vehicle. Always check the surroundings before you exit the vehicle.
Never deliberately operate Safe Exit Warning. Doing so may lead to serious injury or death.
Safe Exit Warning does not operate if there is a problem with Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist. The warning message of Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will appear when:
- Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist sensor or the sensor surrounding is polluted or covered
- Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist fails to warn passengers or falsely warn passengers

7-36

Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit Warning operates approximately for 3 minutes, but turns off immediately if the doors are locked.
Images or colors may appear differently depending on the instrument panel specifications or theme.

Safe Exit Warning Malfunction and Limitations
Safe Exit Warning malfunction

OTM070099N
When Safe Exit Warning is not working properly, the `Check Blind-Spot Safety V\VWHPZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDURQ the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If the master warning light illuminates, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-37

Driver Assistance System

Safe Exit Warning disabled

OTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning light is not working properly, the `Check VLGHYLHZPLUURUZDUQLQJOLJKWZDUQLQJ message will appear on the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If the master warning light illuminates, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OCN7N071098L
When the rear bumper around the rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit Warning.
If this occurs, the `Blind-Spot Safety V\VWHPGLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGZDUQLQJ message will appear on the cluster.
Safe Exit Warning will operate properly when such foreign material or trailer, etc., is removed, and then the engine is restarted.
If Safe Exit Warning does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-38

WARNING
Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Safe Exit Warning may not properly operate.
Safe Exit Warning may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain) where any objects are not detected right after the engine is turned on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign material right after the engine is turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Warning to install or remove a trailer, carrier, or another attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Warning when finished.

Limitations of Safe Exit Warning
Safe Exit Warning may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances: Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Information
For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" section in this chapter.
WARNING
Safe Exit Warning may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
Safe Exit Warning may not operate for 3 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars are initialized.

7-39

Driver Assistance System
0$18$/63(('/,0,7$66,6706/$ Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation
Setting speed limit

OJK071213N
(1) Manual Speed Limit Assist enabled indicator
(2) Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit, Manual Speed Limit Assist operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit.

OCN7N071006

1. Press and hold Driving Assist button

at the desired speed. The Manual

Speed Limit Assist enabled (

)

indicator will illuminate on the cluster.

Information
The Driving Assist button symbol may vary depending on your vehicle option.

7-40

OCN7N071132L
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down, and release it at the desired speed.
Push the + switch up or - switch down and hold it. The speed will increase or decrease to the nearest multiple of ten (multiple of five in mph) at first, and then increase or decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

OJK071214N
3. The set speed limit will be displayed on the cluster.
If you would like to drive over the preset speed limit, depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point to activate the kickdown mechanism.
The set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until you return the vehicle speed within the speed limit.

Information
When the accelerator pedal is not depressed beyond the pressure point, vehicle speed will maintain within the speed limit.

7-41

Driver Assistance System

Temporarily pausing Manual Speed Limit Assist

Turning off Manual Speed Limit Assist

OCN7N071133L

Push the switch to temporarily

pause the set speed limit. The set speed

limit will turn off but the Manual Speed

Limit Assist enabled (

) indicator

will stay on.

Resuming Manual Speed Limit Assist

OCN7N071132L
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist after Manual Speed Limit Assist was paused, push the +, - switch or button.
If you push the + switch up or switch down, vehicle speed will be set to the current speed on the cluster.
If you push the button, vehicle speed will resume to the preset speed.

OCN7N071006

Press the Driving Assist button to turn

Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The

Manual Speed Limit Assist enabled

(

) indicator will go off.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when

using Manual Speed Limit Assist:

Always set the vehicle speed under

the posted speed limit.

Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off

when the function is not in use, to

avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

Check that the Manual Speed Limit

Assist enabled (

) indicator is

off.

Manual Speed Limit Assist does

not substitute for proper and safe

driving. It is the responsibility of the

driver to always drive safely and be

aware of unexpected and sudden

situations. Pay attention to the road

conditions at all times.

7-42

'5,9(5$77(17,21:$51,1*'$:

Basic function
Driver Attention Warning can help determine the driver's attention level by analyzing driving pattern and driving time while the vehicle is driven. Driver Attention Warning will recommend a EUHDNZKHQWKHGULYHUVDWWHQWLRQOHYHO falls below a certain level.

Driver Attention Warning Settings
Setting features

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function will inform the driver when a detected vehicle in front departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor

[1] : Front view camera

OCN7N071001N

The front view camera is used to help detect driving patterns and front vehicle departure while vehicle is being driven.

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

OCN7N071102L
Driver Attention Warning
With the engine on, select or deselect oe'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFH'ULYHU$WWHQWLRQ Warning (or DAW (Driver Attention :DUQLQJIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWRVHW whether or not to use each function.
- ,Ioe,QDWWHQWLYH'ULYLQJ:DUQLQJRU oe6ZD\LQJZDUQLQJLVVHOHFWHG'ULYHU Attention Warning will inform the GULYHUWKHGULYHUVDWWHQWLRQOHYHODQG will recommend taking a break when the level falls below a certain level.

CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera in good condition to maintain optimal performance of Driver Attention Warning.
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

OCN7N071103L
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert - ,Ioe/HDGLQJ9HKLFOH'HSDUWXUH$OHUWLV
selected, the function will inform the driver when a detected vehicle in front departs from a stop.

7-43

Driver Assistance System Driving Safety Auto Off in N mode

OCN7N071091L
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ7LPLQJIURPWKH Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Driver Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered, :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRoe6WDQGDUG,I\RX change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention Warning will maintain the last setting.

7-44

Driver Attention Warning Operation
Basic function

Display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention Warning is to inform the driver of their oe$WWHQWLRQ/HYHODQGWRZDUQWKHGULYHUWR oe&RQVLGHUWDNLQJDEUHDN

Attention Level

Function off

Standby

7KHGULYHUVDWWHQWLRQOHYHOLVGLVSOD\HG on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is.
The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
Taking a break

OUS4071053L

OTM070106N

Attentive driving

Inattentive driving

OSU2B071088

OCN7N071155N

The driver can monitor his/her driving

conditions on the cluster.

- When the `Inattentive Driving :DUQLQJLVGHVHOHFWHGIURPWKH 6HWWLQJVPHQXoe6\VWHP2IILV displayed.

- Driver Attention Warning will operate when the vehicle speed is between 0-110 mph (0-180 km/h).

- When the vehicle speed is not
within the operating speed, WKHPHVVDJHoe6WDQGE\ZLOOEH displayed.

OUS4071057L
7KHoe&RQVLGHUWDNLQJDEUHDNPHVVDJH will appear on the cluster and an audible warning will sound to suggest that the driver take a break, when the GULYHUVDWWHQWLRQOHYHOLVEHORZ
Driver Attention Warning will not suggest a break when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10 minutes has not passed after the last break was suggested.
WARNING
For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.

7-45

Driver Assistance System

CAUTION
Driver Attention Warning may suggest a break depending on the driver's driving pattern or habits, even if the driver doesn't feel fatigued.
Driver Attention Warning is a supplemental function and may not be able to determine whether the driver is inattentive.
A driver who feels fatigued should take a break at a safe location, even though there is no break suggestion by Driver Attention Warning.
Information
For more details on setting the functions in the infotainment system Vehicle Settings, refer to "Vehicle Settings" section in chapter 4.
Driver Attention Warning will reset the last break time to 0:00 in the following situations: - The engine is turned off - The driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the driver's door - The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes - When the driver resets Driver Attention Warning, the last break time is set to 0:00 and the driver's attention level is set to High.

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
OCN7N071016L
When a detected vehicle in front departs from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert will inform the driver by displaying WKHoe/HDGLQJYHKLFOHLVGULYLQJDZD\ message on the cluster and an audible warning will sound.
WARNING
If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Driver Attention Warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
The driver has the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
CAUTION
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a supplemental function and may not alert the driver whenever the front vehicle departs from a stop.
Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.

Information
Images or colors may appear differently depending on the instrument panel specifications or theme.

7-46

Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations Driver Attention Warning malfunction
OTM070107L
When Driver Attention Warning is not working properly, the `Check Driver $WWHQWLRQ:DUQLQJ'$:V\VWHP warning message will appear on the cluster will appear on the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Limitations of Driver Attention Warning Driver Attention Warning may not work properly in the following situations: The vehicle is driven violently The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane Keeping Assist Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function When the vehicle cuts in
OADAS040SD

[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle

OADAS042SD

If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may not operate properly.

7-47

Driver Assistance System

When the vehicle ahead sharply steers

When a pedestrian or bicycle is between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead

[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle

OADAS034SD

If the vehicle in front makes a sharp turn, such as to turn left or right or make a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

When the vehicle ahead abruptly departs

OADAS025SD
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in between your vehicle and the vehicle in front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.
When in a parking lot

OADAS024SD
If the vehicle in front abruptly departs, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

OADAS027SD
If a vehicle parked in front drives away from you, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may alert you that the parked vehicle is driving away.

7-48

When driving at a tollgate or intersection, etc.
OCN7N071106L
If you pass a tollgate or intersection with lots of vehicles or you drive where lanes are merged or divided frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.
Information
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

7-49

Driver Assistance System
&58,6(&21752/&&

Cruise Control Operation Setting speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 20 mph (30 km/h).

(1) Cruise indicator (2) Set speed

OIK057157N

Cruise Control allows you to drive at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without depressing the accelerator pedal.

OCN7N071006

2. Press the Driving Assist button at

the desired speed. The set speed

and Cruise (

) indicator will

illuminate on the cluster.

3. Release the accelerator pedal.

Vehicle speed will maintain the set speed even when the accelerator pedal is not depressed.

Information
The vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up while driving uphill or downhill.
The Driving Assist button symbol may vary depending on your vehicle option.

7-50

Increasing set speed

Decreasing set speed

OCN7N071134L
Push the + switch up and release it immediately. The set speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
Push the + switch up and hold it while monitoring the set speed on the cluster. The set speed will increase to the nearest multiple of five (multiple of ten in km/h) at first, and then increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
Release the switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed.

OCN7N071135L
Push the - switch down and release it immediately. The set speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
Push the - switch down and hold it while monitoring the set speed on the cluster. The set speed will decrease to the nearest multiple of five (multiple of ten in km/h) at first, and then decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain.
Accelerating temporarily
If you want to speed up temporarily when Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal.
To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the + switch up or - switch down at increased speed, the set speed will be set to the current increased speed.

7-51

Driver Assistance System Temporarily pausing Cruise Control Resuming Cruise Control

OCN7N071105L
Cruise Control will be paused when: Depressing the brake pedal. Pushing the button. Shifting the gear to N (Neutral). Decreasing the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
operating. Downshifting to the 2nd gear when in
Manual Shift mode.

The set speed will turn off but the Cruise

(

) indicator will stay on.

NOTICE
If Cruise Control pauses during a situation that is not mentioned, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OCN7N071136L
Push the +, - switch or button. If you push the + switch up or - switch down, vehicle speed will be set to the current speed on the cluster. If you push the button, vehicle speed will resume to the preset speed. The vehicle speed must be above 20 mph (30 km/h) for Cruise Control to resume.
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using the button. Driving speed may sharply increase or decrease when you press the button.

7-52

Turning off Cruise Control

OCN7N071006

Press the Driving Assist button to turn

Cruise Control off. The Cruise (

)

indicator will go off.

Always press the Driving Assist button to turn Cruise Control off when not in use.

Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the Driving Assist button to turn off Cruise Control. However, Manual Speed Limit Assist will turn on.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when

using Cruise Control:

Always set the vehicle speed under

the posted speed limit.

Keep Cruise Control off when the

function is not in use, to avoid

inadvertently setting a speed. Check

that the Cruise (

) indicator is

off.

Cruise Control does not substitute

for proper and safe driving. It is the

responsibility of the driver to always

drive safely and always be aware of

unexpected and sudden situations.

Always drive cautiously to prevent

unexpected and sudden situations

from occurring. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

Do not use Cruise Control when it

may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at

a constant speed:

- When driving in heavy traffic, or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed

- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly or windy roads

- When driving in windy areas

- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
Do not use Cruise Control when towing a trailer.

7-53

Driver Assistance System

/$1()2//2:,1*$66,67/)$

Lane Following Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on WKHURDGDQGDVVLVWVWKHGULYHUVVWHHULQJ to help center the vehicle in the lane.

Lane Following Assist Settings Setting features

Detecting sensor

[1] : Front view camera

OCN7N071001N

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to help detect lane markings and vehicles in front.

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

OCN7N071137L
Turning Lane Following Assist On/Off
With the engine on, shortly press the Lane Driving Assist button located on the steering wheel to turn on Lane Following Assist. The white or green indicator light will illuminate on the cluster.
Press the button again to turn off the function.

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

7-54

07
Lane Following Assist Operation Warning and control

OCN7N071092L
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH Settings menu to change the Warning 9ROXPHWRoe+LJKoe0HGLXPoe/RZIRU Hands-off warning.
If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

OCN7N071039N
Lane Following Assist If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane markings are detected and your vehicle speed is below 110 mph (180 km/h), the green indicator light will illuminate on the cluster, and Lane Following Assist will help center the vehicle in the lane by assisting the steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted, the green indicator light will blink and change to white.

7-55

Driver Assistance System

OCN7N071094L
Hands-off warning If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds, the oe3ODFHKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJZKHHO warning message will appear and an audible warning will sound in stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red steering wheel) and audible warning

WARNING
The steering wheel may not be assisted if the steering wheel is held very tight or the steering wheel is steered over a certain degree.
Lane Following Assist does not operate at all times. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
The handsoff warning message may appear late depending on road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the handsoff warning message may appear because Lane Following Assist may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the hands-off warning may not work properly.

OTM070117N
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the hands-off warning, the `Lane Following $VVLVW/)$FDQFHOHGZDUQLQJPHVVDJH will appear and Lane Following Assist will be automatically cancelled.
7-56

Information

You may change settings from the infotainment system (Vehicle Settings), whichever option that is provided with your vehicle. For more details, see "User Settings" section in chapter 4, or "Vehicle Settings" section in supplied Infotainment Manual.
When both lane markings are detected, the lane lines on the cluster will change from grey to white.
Images or colors may appear differently depending on the instrument panel specifications or theme.

Lane undetected

Lane detected

OCN7N071142L

OCN7N071143L

The images and colors in the cluster

may differ depending on the cluster

type or theme selected from the

cluster.

If lane markings are not detected,

steering wheel control by Lane

Following Assist can be limited

depending on whether a vehicle is in

front or the driving conditions of the

vehicle.

Even though the steering is assisted

by Lane Following Assist, the driver

may control the steering wheel.

The steering wheel may feel heavier

or lighter when the steering wheel is

assisted by Lane Following Assist than

when it is not.

Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations Lane Following Assist malfunction
OTM070118N
When Lane Following Assist is not working properly, the `Check Lane )ROORZLQJ$VVLVW/)$V\VWHPZDUQLQJ message will appear on the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs, Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Lane Following Assist For more details on Lane Following Assist limitations, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in chapter 7.
WARNING
For more details on Lane Following Assist precautions, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in chapter 7.

7-57

Driver Assistance System

5($59,(:021,725590

Rear View Monitor Settings Camera settings

OCN7N071007N

OCN7N071152L
Rear View Monitor shows the area behind the vehicle to assist you when parking or backing up.
Detecting sensor

OCN7N071075N
You can change Rear View Monitor oe'LVSOD\&RQWHQWVRUoe'LVSOD\6HWWLQJV by touching the setup icon ( ) on the screen while Rear View Monitor is operating, or selecting `Driver $VVLVWDQFH3DUNLQJ6DIHW\&DPHUD 6HWWLQJVIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQX while the engine is on.
In the Display Settings, you can FKDQJHWKHVFUHHQVoe%ULJKWQHVVDQG oe&RQWUDVW

[1] : Rear view camera

OCN7N071158N

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

7-58

Rear View Monitor Operation Operating button
Type A

Type B

OCN7N071078L

Rear view
Operating conditions Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
image will appear on the screen. Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the image will appear on the screen. When you touch the ( ) icon, the rear view is displayed on the screen.
Off conditions The rear view cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse). Press the Parking/View button (1)
again while the gear is in P (Park) with the rear view on the screen, the rear view will turn off. Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P (Park), the rear view will turn off.

OCN7N071138L
Parking/View button Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the function.

7-59

Driver Assistance System

Extended Rear View Monitor
The rear view will maintain showing on the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view will appear on the screen.
Off conditions When the vehicle speed is above 6
mph (10 km/h), the rear view will turn off. Press the Parking/View button (1), the rear view will turn off. Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view will turn off.

Rear top view
OCN7N071073L
When you touch the icon, the top view is displayed on the screen and shows the distance from the vehicle in the back of your vehicle while parking.

7-60

Rear View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working properly, or the screen flickers, or the camera image does not display properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long time in winter or when the vehicle is parked in an indoor parking lot, the exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the image.
WARNING
The rear view camera does not cover the complete area behind the vehicle. The driver should always check the rear area directly through the inside and side view mirror before parking or backing up.
The image shown on the screen may differ from the actual distance of the object. Make sure to directly check the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
Always keep the rear view camera lens clean. If the lens is covered with foreign material, it may adversely affect camera performance and Rear View Monitor may not operate properly. However, do not use chemical solvents such as strong detergents containing high alkaline or volatile organic solvents (gasoline, acetone etc.). This may damage the camera lens.

07
7-61

Driver Assistance System

5($5&526675$)),&&2//,6,21$92,'$1&($66,67 5&&$,)(48,33('

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect vehicles approaching from the rear left and right side while your vehicle is reversing, and warn the driver that a collision is imminent with a warning message and an audible warning. Also, braking is assisted to help prevent a collision.

Detecting sensor

OHY059014 [A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range [B] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
CAUTION
Warning time may vary depending on the speed of the approaching vehicle.

[1] : Rear corner radar

OCN7N071126N

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Information
For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" section in chapter 7.

7-62

Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist Settings
Setting features

OCN7N071107N
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH3DUNLQJ6DIHW\5HDU&URVV 7UDIILF6DIHW\IURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQX to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist and deselect to turn off the function.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will always turn on. However, if `Off' is selected after the engine is restarted, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

OCN7N071091L
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ7LPLQJIURPWKH Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRoe6WDQGDUG,I\RX change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Information
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist include Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning and Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.

7-63

Driver Assistance System

OCN7N071092L
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select `Driver $VVLVWDQFH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH Settings menu to change the Warning 9ROXPHWRoe+LJKoe0HGLXPoe/RZIRU Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Even though `Standard' is selected for Warning Timing, if a vehicle from the left or right side approach at a high speed, the warning may seem late.
Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing and Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.

7-64

Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist Operation Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn and help control the vehicle depending on collision risk level: oe&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJoe(PHUJHQF\%UDNLQJ and `Stopping vehicle and ending brake FRQWURO
OCN7N071151
OCN7N071040

Collision Warning To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning will appear on the cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound. If Rear View Monitor is operating, a warning will also appear on the infotainment system screen. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when all the following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- The vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8 km/h)
- The detected vehicle approaching is within approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from the left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the detected vehicle approaching from the left and right is above 3 mph (5 km/h).
Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied, there will be a warning whenever the vehicle approaches from the left or right side even though your vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
Images or colors may appear differently depending on the instrument panel specifications or theme.

OCN7N071076L

7-65

Driver Assistance System

OCN7N071151 OCN7N071108L

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when all the following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- The vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8 km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching from the left and right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
Emergency Braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with approaching vehicles from the left and right.
WARNING
Brake control will end when: The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range The approaching vehicle passes
behind your vehicle The approaching vehicle does not
drive toward your vehicle The approaching vehicle speed slows
down The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power

OCN7N071076L
Emergency Braking To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink and, the 'Emergency Braking' warning message will appear on the cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound. If Rear View Monitor is operating, a warning will also appear on the infotainment system screen.

7-66

OCN7N071035L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the `Drive FDUHIXOO\ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO appear on the cluster. For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings. Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds. During emergency braking, braking control by Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the brake pedal.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist: For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location. If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.

You may not hear the warning sound of Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist if the surroundings are noisy.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not operate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision.
During Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist operation, the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
Even if there is a problem with Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate properly.
When Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist is operating, braking control by the system will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist does not operate in all situations and cannot avoid all collisions.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions.
The driver has the responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
Never deliberately operate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.

7-67

Driver Assistance System

CAUTION
The brake control may not operate properly depending on the status of ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when: The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function

Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist malfunction

Information
If braking is assisted by Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check vehicle surroundings. Brake control will end when the
driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power. After shifting the gear to R (Reverse), braking control will operate once for left and right vehicle approach.

OTM070125N
When Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist is not working properly, the `Check Rear Cross-Traffic Safety V\VWHPVZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU on the cluster for several seconds, and the master ( ) warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-68

07
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist disabled

OTM070124N
When the rear bumper around the rearside radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the `Rear Cross-Traffic 6DIHW\V\VWHPGLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHG warning message will appear on the cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate properly when such foreign material or trailer, etc., is removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-69

Driver Assistance System

WARNING
Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not operate properly in an area (for example, open terrain), where any substance are not detected after turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier, or another attachment. Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist when finished.

Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances: Departing from where trees or grass
are overgrown Departing from where roads are wet Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
%UDNLQJFRQWUROPD\QRWZRUNGULYHUV attention is required in the following circumstances: The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road or concrete patch Driving on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, ice, etc. The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged The braking system has been modified

Information
For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" section in chapter 7.

7-70

WARNING
Driving near a vehicle or structure

When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment

[A] : Structure

OHY059017

Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may be limited when driving near a vehicle or structure, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver or control the brakes when necessary.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

OHY059018
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (for example, a vehicle leaving beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

7-71

Driver Assistance System
When the vehicle is parked diagonally

When the vehicle is on or near a slope

[A] : Vehicle

OHY059019

Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may be limited when backing up diagonally, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver or control the brakes when necessary. Always check your surroundings while backing up.

OCN7N071060
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may be limited when the vehicle is on an uphill or downhill slope, or near it, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver or control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

7-72

Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure

[A] : Structure, [B] :Wall

OHY059022

Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect vehicles passing by in front of you when parking in reverse into a parking space with a wall or structure in the rear or side area. If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

When the vehicle is parked rearward

WARNING
When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, we recommend that Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist is turned off due to safety reasons.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not operate for 3 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars are initialized.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and 2. This device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

OHY059020
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect vehicles passing by behind you when parking in reverse into a parking space. If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information: This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
7-73

Driver Assistance System

5(9(56(3$5.,1*',67$1&(:$51,1*3':

Reverse Parking Distance Warning can help warn the driver if an obstacle is detected within a certain distance when the vehicle is moving forward or in reverse at low speeds.

Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings
Warning Volume

Detecting sensor

[1] : Rear ultrasonic sensors

OCN7N071010N

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

OCN7N071092L
With the engine on, select `Driver Assistance :DUQLQJ9ROXPHIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQX WRFKDQJHWKH:DUQLQJ9ROXPHWRoe+LJK oe0HGLXPRUoe/RZIRU5HYHUVH3DUNLQJ Distance Warning.
If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

7-74

Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will operate when the gear is in R (Reverse).
Reverse Parking Distance Warning helps detect a person, animal or REMHFWLQWKHUHDUZKHQWKHYHKLFOHV rearward speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).

Distance from object

Warning indicator
when driving backward

Warning sound

24~48 in. (60~120 cm)

Buzzer beeps intermittently

12~24 in. (30~60 cm)

Beeps more frequently

Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Limitations
Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction
After starting the engine, a beep will sound when the gear is shifted to R (Reverse) to indicate Reverse Parking Distance Warning is operating properly.
However, if one or more of the following occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic sensor is damaged or blocked with foreign material. If it still does not work properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The audible warning does not sound. The buzzer sounds intermittently. 7KHoe3DUNLQJVHQVRUHUURURUEORFNHG
warning message appears on the cluster.

12 in. (30 cm)

Beeps continuously

The corresponding indicator will illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal or object in its sensing range. Also an audible warning will sound.
When more than two objects are detected at the same time, the closest one will be warned with an audible warning.
The shape of the indicator in the illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.

OCN7N071156N

7-75

Driver Assistance System

WARNING
Reverse Parking Distance Warning is a supplemental function. The operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the front and rear views before and while parking.
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle due to the malfunction of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning.
Pay close attention when driving near objects, pedestrians, and especially children. Some objects may not be detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor.

Limitations of Reverse Parking Distance Warning Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may not operate properly when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with substance, such as snow or water (Reverse Parking Distance Warning will operate properly when such substance is removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed hard or hit with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding area is directly sprayed with high pressure washer
Reverse Parking Distance Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the sensor
- $IIHFWHGE\DQRWKHUYHKLFOHV sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow or ice
- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a different spot from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or ultrasonic sensor installation has been modified
- Attaching equipment or accessories next to the ultrasonic sensors

7-76

The following objects may not be detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes, chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency, such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in.) in length and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that are very close to the ultrasonic sensors
Parking Distance Warning Indicators may be displayed differently from the actual detected location when the obstacle is located between the sensors.
Parking Distance Warning indicator may not occur sequentially depending on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
If Reverse Parking Distance Warning needs repair, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-77

Driver Assistance System

'(&/$5$7,212)&21)250,7<,)(48,33('
The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) complies:

- For USA

- For Canada

OANATEL124

OANATEL123

7-78

8.Emergency Situations
Hazard Warning Flasher ................................................................................ 8-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving ....................................................... 8-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving ............................................................................ 8-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...................................................... 8-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ....................................................................... 8-3
If the Engine Will not Start ............................................................................ 8-3 If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly........................................... 8-3 If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start............................................. 8-3
Jump Starting ................................................................................................8-4
If the Engine Overheats................................................................................. 8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................................................8-9 Check Tire Pressure..................................................................................................8-9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System .......................................................................... 8-10 Low Tire Pressure Telltale ....................................................................................... 8-11 Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale........................................... 8-11 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator.........................8-13 Changing a Tire with TPMS ....................................................................................8-13
If You Have a Flat Tire (with tire mobility kit) .............................................8-15 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 8-15 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit......................................................................8-16 Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a Tire is Flat ....................................................... 8-17 How to Adjust Tire Pressure ..................................................................................8-20 Notes on the Safe Use of the Tire Mobility Kit ......................................................8-21
Towing .......................................................................................................... 8-22 Towing Service ....................................................................................................... 8-22 Emergency Towing ................................................................................................ 8-23 Removable Towing Hook ....................................................................................... 8-23 Emergency Towing................................................................................................. 8-24
8

Emergency Situations

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OCN7070001
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not. The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
Turn on your hazard warning flasher. Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.

8-2

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.
When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P (Park), and apply the parking brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position.
Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT
START
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly
Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park). The engine starts only when the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter.
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start
Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-3

Emergency Situations

JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/ Stop button in the OFF position.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

8-4

Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicle in P (Park), and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

8. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
CAUTION
Before jump starting, make sure to correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse polarity connections.

WARNING
Do not connect the jumper cable to the negative (-) jumper terminal of the discharged battery. A spark could cause the battery to explode and lead to a personal injury or vehicle damage.

OCN7N081001N
4. Open the engine hood.
5. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
6. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/ jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
7. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).

9. Operate your vehicle for at least 30 minutes of driving or at least 60 minutes of engine running at idle before shutting off the engine. Without sufficient time to charge the battery, the vehicle will reoccur another no start. You can also visit your nearest dealer to request the battery be charged and tested.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires service. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-5

Emergency Situations
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/ jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
WARNING
While jump starting your vehicle, avoid the positive (+) and negative (-) cables to come in contact. A spark could cause personal injury.
Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle: Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.
8-6

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Put the vehicle in P (Park), and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing.
(1) If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight.
(2) If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop.)
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
WARNING
NEVER remove the engine coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

8-7

Emergency Situations
6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
NOTICE
Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and have system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities.
8-8

7,5(35(6685(021,725,1*6<67(07306 Check Tire Pressure
Type A

OCN7N081002N

Type B

OCN7N081056L

OCN7N081055L
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

OCN7N041115L
You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 4.
Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial engine start up.
If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to display" message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure.
The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge.
You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings Mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 4).

8-9

Emergency Situations

Tire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare, should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

8-10

NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale remains illuminated.

Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale

OCN7080057L
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and a warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will indicate which tire is significantly underinflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.

8-11

Emergency Situations

If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated (when the vehicle is driven approximately 10 minutes at speed above 22mph (35km/h)) until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
Information
The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.

CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.

8-12

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
Have the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has an under-inflated tire.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on. Have the flat tire be repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
NOTICE
It is recommended that you do not use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire (if equipped) does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 22mph (35km/h) for approximately 10 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-13

Emergency Situations

Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. Always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
You may not be able to identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
WARNING
The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference. 2. This device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

8-14

,)<28+$9($)/$77,5(:,7+7,5(02%,/,7<.,7

OCN7N081003N
For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the sealant provided with the Tire Mobility Kit must be used for only one flat tire.
WARNING
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.

Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km/h)) at a max. speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire replaced.
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
WARNING

WARNING
Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may loose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the TMK.

8-15

Emergency Situations
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

0. Speed-restriction label 1. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 2. Filling hose 3. Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection 4. Holder for the sealant bottle 5. Compressor 6. ON/OFF switch 7. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8. Button for reducing the tire inflation pressure

OCN7H080007

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.

8-16

WARNING
Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING
Sealant Keep out of reach of children. Avoid contact with eyes. Do not swallow.
Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a Tire is Flat
CAUTION

1. Shake the sealant bottle.
OCN7070007
2. Connect the filling hose (2) to the sealant bottle (1) in the direction of (A) and connect the sealant bottle to the compressor (5) in the direction of (B).
3. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (2) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.

OCN7N081004N
Detach the speed restriction label (0) from the sealant bottle (1), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.
CAUTION
If only the tire pressure needs to be adjusted, refer to "How to Adjust Tire Pressure" in this chapter. Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, be fully aware of the explanation on the sealant.

OCN7N081093
CAUTION
Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.

8-17

Emergency Situations

OCN7N081005
5. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
NOTICE
Only use the front passenger side power outlet when connecting the power cord.
6. Set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
7. Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 2). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.
CAUTION
Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 psi (200 kPa). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

8. Switch off the compressor. 9. Detach the hoses from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire valve. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING
Carbon monoxide Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur.
OLMF064106
10. Immediately drive approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about 10min) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing.

8-18

NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged.

OOSN081023
OCN7N081093
11. After driving approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about 10min), stop at a safety location.
12. Connect the filling hose (2) of the compressor directly to the tire valve.
13. Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet.
14. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, proceed as follows. - To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor. - To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (8) on the compressor.

Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire reading, the compressor needs to be turned off.
CAUTION
If the inflation pressure is not maintained, drive the vehicle a second time, refer to step 10. Then repeat steps 11 to 14. Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than approximately 0.16 in (4 mm). Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing.
CAUTION
Tire pressure sensor (if equipped with TPMS) The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors. We recommend that you get this done at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-19

Emergency Situations

Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
How to Adjust Tire Pressure

NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged.
Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire reading, the compressor needs to be turned off.

CAUTION
Do not use the sealant when the tire pressure only needs to be adjusted.

OOSN081023

WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving.
Call for road side service or towing.

OCN7N081093
1. Park your vehicle in a safe location.
2. Connect the filling hose (2) of the compressor directly to the tire valve.
3. Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation.
With the Engine Start/Stop button ON, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (8) on the compressor.
8-20

Notes on the Safe Use of the Tire Mobility Kit
Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake.
Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.
Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).
Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.
Provided the car is outdoors, leave the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.

Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time or it may overheat.
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -22°F (-30°C).
In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.
In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.
In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty of water. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately.
Long time exposure to the sealant may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc.

8-21

Emergency Situations
TOWING Towing Service

CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.

OCN7N081097L
Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

OCN7N081095L
If emergency towing is necessary, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.

OCN7N081096L
Do not tow the vehicle with four wheels in contact with the ground if it is the vehicle equipped with dual clutch transmission.
Otherwise, the transmission will be seriously damaged. Also, make sure not to tow the vehicle connecting it with other vehicles including camper vans.

8-22

WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, set the Engine Start/ Stop button in the OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.

Emergency Towing
If towing is necessary, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
Removable Towing Hook

OCN7N081098L
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the transmission.

OCN7N081006N
1. Open the trunk, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.

OCN7N081007N
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

8-23

Emergency Situations

Emergency Towing
Front

Rear

OCN7N081008N

OCN7N081105N
If towing is necessary, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing precautions: Set the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). Release the parking brake. Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance. More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle. The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently. Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

8-24

OCN7N081099L
Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
Before towing, check the Dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the Dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. Limit the vehicle speed to 10mph (15km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious damage to Manual transmission / Dual clutch transmission.

8-25

9. Maintenance

Engine Compartment .................................................................................... 9-3

Maintenance Services ...................................................................................9-4 Owner's Responsibility ............................................................................................9-4 Owner Maintenance Precautions............................................................................9-4

Owner Maintenance ......................................................................................9-5 Owner Maintenance Schedule................................................................................ 9-5

Scheduled Maintenance Services ................................................................ 9-7 Normal Maintenance Schedule...............................................................................9-9 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions .....................................................9-12

Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items.......................................... 9-14 Dual clutch transmission fluid ...............................................................................9-15 Drive Axle Shafts and Boots ...................................................................................9-15

Engine Oil ..................................................................................................... 9-16 Checking the Engine Oil Level................................................................................9-16 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ........................................................................ 9-17

Engine Coolant............................................................................................. 9-19 Checking the Engine Coolant Level .......................................................................9-19 Changing Engine Coolant...................................................................................... 9-22

Brake/Clutch Fluid ....................................................................................... 9-23 Checking the Brake/Clutch Fluid Level ................................................................ 9-23

Washer Fluid................................................................................................. 9-24 Checking the Washer Fluid Level.......................................................................... 9-24

Parking Brake ............................................................................................... 9-24 Checking the Parking Brake .................................................................................. 9-24

Air Cleaner.................................................................................................... 9-25 Filter Replacement................................................................................................. 9-25

Cabin Air Filter.............................................................................................. 9-27 Filter Inspection...................................................................................................... 9-27 Filter Replacement................................................................................................. 9-27

Wiper Blades ................................................................................................9-28

Blade Inspection .................................................................................................... 9-28 Blade Replacement................................................................................................ 9-28

Battery ..........................................................................................................9-30 For Best Battery Service .........................................................................................9-31 Battery Capacity Label............................................................................................9-31 Battery Recharging ................................................................................................ 9-32 Reset Items ............................................................................................................. 9-32

Tires and Wheels.......................................................................................... 9-33 Tire Care.................................................................................................................. 9-34 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures....................................................... 9-34 Check Tire Inflation Pressure................................................................................. 9-35 Tire Rotation ........................................................................................................... 9-35 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance.......................................................................9-36 Tire Replacement ................................................................................................... 9-37 Wheel Replacement...............................................................................................9-38 Tire Traction ............................................................................................................9-38 Tire Maintenance....................................................................................................9-38 Tire Sidewall Labeling ............................................................................................ 9-38 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...........................................................................9-41 All Season Tires.......................................................................................................9-44 Summer Tires .........................................................................................................9-44 Snow Tires...............................................................................................................9-44 Radial-Ply Tires.......................................................................................................9-45 Low Aspect Ratio Tires...........................................................................................9-45

Fuses............................................................................................................. 9-47 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement....................................................................9-48 Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement..................................................9-49 Fuse/Relay Panel Description................................................................................9-50

Light Bulbs....................................................................................................9-58 Headlight, Position Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and Daytime Running Light Bulb Replacement ........................................................................................9-59 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ...................................................................... 9-60 Rear Combination Lamp Bulb Replacement....................................................... 9-60 High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement..............................................................9-62 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement .................................................................9-63 Interior Light Bulb Replacement...........................................................................9-63

Appearance Care .........................................................................................9-65 Exterior Care...........................................................................................................9-65 Interior Care............................................................................................................ 9-70

Emission Control System............................................................................. 9-73

California Perchlorate Notice...................................................................... 9-76

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.0 T-GDi

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OCN7N091001

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 3. Air cleaner 4. Engine oil dipstick

5. Engine oil filler cap 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7. Fuse box 8. Battery 9. Engine coolant cap

9-3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-4

OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work: Park your vehicle on level ground,
move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, set the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts. If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so in an outdoor area or in an area with plenty of ventilation. Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.

The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner Maintenance Schedule When you stop for fuel:
Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
Check the windshield washer fluid level.
Check the for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant level if the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.

9-5

Maintenance

While operating your vehicle:
Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hardto-push" brake pedal.
If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
Check the dual clutch transmission P (Park) function.
Check the parking brake. Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
Check the manual transmission operation, including clutch operation.
At least monthly:
Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year: (for example, every Spring and Autumn)
Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
Check headlight alignment. Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
and clamps. Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
Clean body and door drain holes. Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges. Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches. Lubricate door rubber weather strips. Lubricate door checker. Check the air conditioning system. Inspect and lubricate dual clutch
transmission linkage and controls. Clean the battery and terminals. Check the brake fluid level.

9-6

09
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature
of less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather. Driving in heavy dust condition. Driving in heavy traffic area. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly. Using for towing or camping, and driving with loads on the roof Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing. Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions. Engine oil usage which is not recommended(Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.) If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles, use severe maintenance schedule.
9-7

Maintenance
Information
As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should be checked on regular basis.
The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of the recommended engine specification.
The vehicle may be equipped with the Oil Life Management System that predicts engine oil life based on the driver's driving history and alerts the driver to change engine oil. - If the deterioration of the engine oil increases depending on the driver's driving severity, the remaining oil life alert appears on the instrument cluster before the normal engine oil replacement interval. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. - Oil Life Management System works when the recommended engine oil is used. So, if recommended engine oil is not used, replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under severe usage condition. Also, check the amount of engine oil regularly as this system assumes that the engi ne oil is being filled normally. - Always reset the remaining engine oil life whenever the engine oil is changed. Otherwise, the indication of remaining Oil life in the Oil Life Management System may not be accurate. To reset the Engine Oil Change Reminder, select `RESET' from the infotainment system screen. Then, select `Yes' when the message "Has the engine oil been changed? Press [Yes] to reset the oil life." appears on the screen. - If there is no alert until the maximum maintenance interval, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-8

Normal Maintenance Schedule

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE Months INTERVALS Miles×1,000
Km×1,000

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Engine oil and engine oil filter *1

Replace 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Fuel additives *2

Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Air cleaner filter

Spark plugs

Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)

Rotate Tires (includes tread wear inspection and tire pressure check)

Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Cabin air filter

Replace every 16,000 miles (25,000 km)

Drive belts *3

At first, Inspect at 48,000 mile (78,000 km) or 72 months After that, Inspect every 8,000 mile (13,000 km) or 12 months

Intercooler in/out hose

At first, Inspect at 5,000 mile (8,000 km) or 6 months After that, Inspect every 20,000 mile (32,000 km) or 24 months

Valve clearance *4

Inspect every 60,000 miles (90,000km) or 72 months

R: Replace or change. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *1 : Requires API SN PLUS (or above) grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter
must be replaced at every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months as indicated for severe maintenance condition.

*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*3 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have the system inspected by an authorized YUNDAI dealer.

09
9-9

Maintenance 9-10

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE Months INTERVALS Miles×1,000
Km×1,000

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Vacuum hose Engine coolant Battery condition

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months. After that, replace every 24,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months

Brake lines, hoses and connections

Disc brakes and pads
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots / lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Drive axle shafts and boots

Suspension mounting bolts

Air conditioner refrigerant

Air conditioner compressor

Exhaust pipe and muffler

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) *1

No Check, No Service required

Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) *1

R: Replace or change. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *1 : Manual transmission fluid/Dual clutch transmission fluid should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE Months INTERVALS Miles×1,000
Km×1,000

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank

Fuel tank air filter *1

Fuel lines, hoses and connections

Parking brake

Brake fluid

lnspect every 6,000 miles (10,000km) or 12 months, Replace every 48,000 miles (80,000km) or 48 months

R: Replace or change. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *1 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule
depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

09
9-11

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance item
Engine oil and filter *1
Air cleaner filter
Spark plugs Steering gear rack, linkage and boots Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors Parking brake
Drive axle shafts and boots
Cabin air filter Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)

Maintenance operation R I R I I I I R R
R

Maintenance intervals
Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km)
Every 56,000 miles (91,000 km)

Driving condition
D, H, I, L
C, E
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, G, H
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E, G
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I,
J, K

*1 : Requires <API SN PLUS (or above)> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated for severe maintenance condition.

9-12

09
Severe driving conditions A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature
of less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature. B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads. D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather. E. Driving in heavy dust condition. F. Driving in heavy traffic area. G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly. H. Using for towing or camping, and driving with loads on the roof I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing. J. Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration. K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions. L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended(Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
9-13

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.

Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.
Information
When you are inspecting the belt, turn the engine off.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the hard starting. When a considerable amount of foreign substances are accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range. When assembling parts, be sure to wipe out foreign substances inside and outside of the boot bottom of the ignition coil and the insulator of the spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent contamination of the spark plug insulator.
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect spark plugs when the engine is hot. You may burn yourself.

Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.

9-14

Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Manual Transmission Fluid (if equipped)
Manual transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions. Have the manual transmission fluid changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule.
Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)
Dual clutch transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions.
Have the Dual clutch transmission fluid is changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule.
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification..

Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Axle Shafts and Boots
Check the drive axle shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. Engine Oil

9-15

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling, and operating various hydraulic components in the engine. Engine oil consumption while driving is normal, and it is necessary to check and refill the engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil level within the recommended maintenance schedule to prevent deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about fifteen minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

OCN7N091040N
OCN7N091033N
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.
7. If the oil level is below L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil. (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 2).

9-16

NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately.
The engine oil consumption may increase while you break in a new vehicle and it will be stabilized after driving 4,000 miles.
The engine oil consumption can be affected by driving habits, climate conditions, traffic conditions, oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is recommended that you inspect the engine oil level regularly and refill it if necessary.

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
The lubrication, rust prevention, cooling, and cleaning effect of the engine oil will gradually degrade during its use. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Oil Life Management System Instructions or the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
If the maintenance schedule to replace engine oil is exceeded, the engine oil performance may deteriorate, and the engine condition may be affected. Therefore, replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule.
To keep the engine in optimal condition, use the recommended engine oil and filter. If the recommended engine oil and filter are not used, replace it according to the maintenance schedule under severe usage conditions.
The purpose of the maintenance schedule for engine oil replacement is to prevent oil deterioration and it is irrelevant to oil consumption. Check and refill engine oil regularly.

9-17

Maintenance
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately after the vehicle has been driven and can cause burns during replacement. Replace the engine oil after the engine oil has cooled down.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.
9-18

ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.
NOTICE
When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities.
Do not drive with no engine coolant. It may cause water pump failure and engine seizure, etc.

Checking the Engine Coolant Level
OCN7N091002

OCN7N091003
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled between MAX and MIN (or F (Full) and L (Low)) marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water. Bring the level to MAX, (or F (Full)) but do not overfill.

9-19

Maintenance

WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving.
Engine compartment front view
ODN8089052L
1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight in front.

WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the vehicle off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
Information
The coolant level is influenced by the engine temperature. Before checking or refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.

OCN7N091004
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant cap are securely interlocked.

9-20

Recommended engine coolant
When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.
The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:

Ambient Temperature
5°F (-15°C) -13°F (-25°C) -31°F (-35°C) -49°F (-45°C)

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the engine coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition.
Always turn off the vehicle unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan may operate if the negative (-) battery terminal is not disconnected.

Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of - 31°F and higher.

9-21

Maintenance
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.
9-22

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID
Checking the Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

Information
Clean the filler cap before removing. Use only DOT4 brake/clutch fluid from a sealed container.

OCN7N091036N
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low, have the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid. Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 2.

WARNING
Do not let brake fluid enter into your eyes. If brake fluid gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.
NOTICE
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as it will result in paint damage.
NEVER use brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time, as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
Don't put in the wrong type of fluid. A few drops of mineralbased oil, such as engine oil in your brake system can damage system parts.
To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, have you use genuine brake/clutch fluid that conform to specifications.
(Standard : SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, ISO4925 CLASS-6 and FMVSS 116 DOT-4)

Information
Before removing the brake/clutch filler cap, read the warning on the cap.

9-23

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

PARKING BRAKE

Checking the Washer Fluid Level Checking the Parking Brake

OCN7N091037N
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim. Do not allow sparks or flames to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable. Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals. Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.

OCN7N091038N
Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of "clicks'' heard while fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the system serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 5~7 "clicks'' at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N)

9-24

AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement

OCN7N091005
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for inspection using compressed air. Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced.

OCN7N091007
2. Replace the air cleaner filter.

OCN7N091008
OCN7N091006
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clip (1) and open the cover.
OCN7N091009
3. Insert the air cleaner cover in the hinge (2) and engage the clip (3) after closing the cover.
4. Check that the cover is firmly installed.

9-25

Maintenance
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE
Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.
When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
Use HYUNDAI genuine parts or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. Use of parts without the matching quality could damage the air flow sensor.
9-26

CABIN AIR FILTER
Filter Inspection
The cabin air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the cabin air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
Filter Replacement

OCN7080014
2. Remove the cabin air filter case while pressing the lock on the right side of the cover.

OCN7080013
1. Push in both sides of the glove box as shown. This will ensure that the glove box stopper pins will get released from its holding location allowing the glove box to hang.

OIK077021
3. Replace the cabin air filter. 4. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new cabin air filter in the correct GLUHFWLRQZLWKWKHDUURZV\PERO facing downwards, otherwise, it may be noisy and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

9-27

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near them. Attempt to move the wipers manually. Use non-specified wiper blades.

Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.

Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

Information
Wiper blades are consumable items. Normal wear of the wipers may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

9-28

Front windshield wiper service positions

Blade replacement

OCN7N091026L
This vehicle has a "hidden" wiper design which means that the wipers cannot be lifted when they are in their bottom resting position.
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the engine, lift and hold the wiper lever up to the MIST position for about 2 seconds until the wipers move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down onto the windshield.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position to return the wipers to the bottom resting position.

1. Raise the wiper arm.

OGSR076067

OGSR076066
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it.

OGSR076068
3. Install the new blade assembly. 4. Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.
9-29

Maintenance

BATTERY
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.

9-30

NOTICE
Always follow these instructions when handling your vehicle's battery to prevent damage to your battery: When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors. Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas. Prevent liquid from wetting the battery terminals. The performance of the battery may be degraded, and may cause injury. Be cautious when loading liquid in the trunk. Do not tilt the battery. If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.
For Best Battery Service

Battery Capacity Label
Example
OCN7N091027L The actual battery label in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
1. CMF60L-DIN: The HYUNDAI model name of battery
2. 12 V : The nominal voltage 3. 68 Ah (20HR): The nominal capacity
(in Ampere hours) 4. RC 110 min: The nominal reserve
capacity (in min.) 5. CCA 600: The cold-test current in
amperes by SAE 6. 600 A: The cold-test current in
amperes by EN

OCN7N091010
Keep the battery securely mounted. Keep the battery top clean and dry. Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
9-31

Maintenance

Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns: Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation. Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area. Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently. Vehicle is equipped with the Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery. Do not charge the AGM battery with a general charger. It may damage or explode the AGM battery. Only charge the AGM battery with a charger that has AGM battery setting. The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.
Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery.
9-32

NOTICE
AGM battery (if equipped) Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free and have the AGM battery serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For charging your AGM battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries. When replacing the AGM battery, have you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery. This may cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in severe injury.
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 7 for more information on jump starting procedures.
Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Reset Items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. Auto up/down window (See chapter 5) Sunroof (See chapter 5) Trip computer (See chapter 4) Climate control system (See chapter 5)

TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.
ALWAYS replace tires with the same type, size, brand, construction and tread pattern as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

Information - Power Hop
When fully accelerating the vehicle from standstill, a front tire oscillation called "Power Hop" of Elantra N may occur due to the high torque of engine and the characteristics of high performance tire. This may be affected by road condition and temperatures. Additionally it is a normal phenome non in powerful front-wheel drive vehicles. Elantra N will act on this phenomenon with the traction control in all ESC modes with the main focus on high performance character.

9-33

Maintenance

Tire Care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
OCN7010009L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures All tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or has been driven for less than one mile (1.6 km). Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 2.

WARNING
Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-34

Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are underinflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar or in this manual. No further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).

9-35

Maintenance

Without a spare tire
OHI078078
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information The outside and inside of the unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable. When installing an unsymmetrical tire, be sure to install the side marked "outside" face the outside. If the side marked "inside" is installed on the outside, it will have a negative effect on vehicle performance.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

9-36

Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the tread surface to become level with the tread wear indicators before replacing the tire.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY:
Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.
When replacing tires, it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new tires on the rear axle.
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

9-37

Maintenance

Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when the tread depth is at least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) 245/35 ZR19 93Y
245 -Tire width in millimeters.
35 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.
ZR - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
93 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
Y - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

9-38

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.0J X 19
8.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.

Speed Rating Symbol S T H V W Y

Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h) 130 mph (210 km/h) 149 mph (240 km/h) 168 mph (270 km/h) 186 mph (300 km/h)

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new tires. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1421 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2021.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.

9-39

Maintenance

5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD WEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
Traction AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

9-40

Temperature A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Tire Terminology and Definitions
Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire's height to its width.
Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.

9-41

Maintenance

Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).

9-42

Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

Pneumatic options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.

9-43

Maintenance

Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/ or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer Tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.

9-44

Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radialply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and biasply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Low Aspect Ratio Tires
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard
tires.

9-45

Maintenance
CAUTION The side wall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal one. Thus, the low-aspect wheel and tire are easily damaged. Follow the below instructions. When driving on a rough road or
driving off a road, be careful not to damage the tires and wheels. After driving, inspect the tires and wheels. When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive the vehicle slowly so as not to damage the tires and wheels. When there is an impact on a tire, inspect the tire condition. Or, you can contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) to prevent tire damage. It is difficult to recognize a tire damage only with your eyes. When there is a slight hint of a tire damage, check and replace the tire to prevent the damage caused by air leakage. When a tire is damaged while driving on a rough road, off a road, or over obstacles, such as a pothole, manhole, or curb stone, your warranty does not cover the damage. The tire information is specified on the tire side wall.
9-46

FUSES
Blade type

Normal Cartridge type

Blown

Normal Multi fuse

Blown

Normal

Blown

OTM078035
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.

If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire. Do not install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.

9-47

Maintenance
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement

OCN7N091011N
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.

OCN7080018
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, tail lamp, interior lamp doesn't work and the bulbs are undamaged, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-48

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
Blade type fuse

Multi fuse (Main fuse)

Cartridge type fuse

OCN7080021

OCN7080022
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. You may hear a clicking sound if the cover is securely latched. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.

OCN7080020
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-49

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel

Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

OCN7N091012N
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/ relay names and ratings.

9-50

OCN7N091025N

Driver's side fuse panel

Fuse Name MEMORY1 AIR BAG2 MODULE4 MODULE7
START CLUSTER
IBU2
A/C1

Fuse Rating

Circuit Protected

10A

Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Instrument Cluster, A/C Controller, A/C Control Module

10A

SRS Control Module

10A

Front View Camera, Crash Pad Switch, IBU, Front Console Switch, E-LSD Controller, ECS Controller

7.5A

Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, IAU

7.5A

PCM/ECM IBU, E/R Junction Block(RLY.5)

7.5A

Instrument Cluster

7.5A

IBU

7.5A

E/R Junction Block(RLY.13), A/C Control Module, A/C Controller, PTC HEATER RLY

TRUNK

10A

Trunk Lid Latch

S/HEATER FRT

20A

Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module

P/WINDOW LH

25A

Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch

MULTIMEDIA

15A

Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

9-51

Maintenance

Driver's side fuse panel

Fuse Name MDPS1
MODULE6 S/HEATER RR
SAFETY P/ WINDOW DRV
P/WINDOW RH
BRAKE SWITCH
IBU1
MODULE2
AIR BAG1
MODULE5
AMP HEATED MIRROR

Fuse Rating 7.5A 7.5A 20A 25A 25A 10A 15A 10A 15A
10A
25A 10A

Circuit Protected MDPS Unit IBU Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
Driver Safety Power Window Module
Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch
Stop Lamp Switch, IBU
IBU E/R Junction Block(RLY.2), Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP, IBU, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, IAU SRS Control Module, ODS(Occupant Detection System) Front Wirelesscharger, Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/C Controller, A/C Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Data Link Connector, AMP, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device LH/RH, TGS Indicator AMP Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, A/C Controller

9-52

Driver's side fuse panel

Fuse Name DOOR LOCK MODULE3 AIR BAG IND
WASHER WIPER
MODULE1
SUNROOF USB CHARGER
IG1

Fuse Rating 20A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 10A
10A
20A 15A 25A

Circuit Protected Door Lock/Unlock Actuator Sport Mode Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, M/F Switch, IAU Instrument Cluster, Air bag Indicator Multifunction Switch PCM/ECM, IBU Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Sport Mode Switch, Data Link Connector, Hazard Switch, Crash Pad Switch Sunroof Motor Front USB Charger PCB Block (Fuse - F10/12/16), Fuse F14

9-53

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

ODN8089017
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/ relay names and ratings.

9-54

OCN7N091013N

Engine compartment fuse panel

Type MIDI FUSE-3
MIDI FUSE-2
MIDI FUSE-1

Fuse Name
ALT
MDPS1 COOLING
FAN2 EOP RR HTD
B+5
B+1
B+2
B+3
BLOWER IG1 IG2 DCT1 PTC
HEATER

Fuse Rating

Circuit Protected

180A

[G4FM/G4FG/G4NA] Alternator, (Fuse - F33, F34, F35, F37) [G4FP] Alternator, (Fuse - F33, F34, F35, F37)

100A

MDPS Unit

80A

[G4FP] Cooling Fan Controller

60A

Electronic Oil Pump

50A

Rear Glass Heated

60A

PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse - F1, F2, F3, F4, F6)

60A

ICU Junction Block (IPS2/IPS5/IPS6/IPS7/IPS14)

60A

ICU Junction Block (IPS1/IPS4/IPS8/IPS9/IPS10/ IPS13)

50A

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F13, F14, F22, F23, F32,F40, F41, Long Term Load Latch Relay)

40A

BLOWER Motor, Multipurpose Check Connector

40A

E/R Junction Block (RLY.4/6), Ignition Switch

40A

E/R Junction Block (RLY.3/5), Ignition Switch

60A

TCU

50A

PTC HEATER

9-55

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Type FUSE

Fuse Name POWER OUTLET2 POWER OUTLET3 VACUUM PUMP1 VACUUM PUMP2 ECS E-LSD E-CVVT3 E-CVVT2 E-CVVT1 DCT2
B+4
AMS TCU1 FUEL PUMP ABS1
ABS2
POWER OUTLET1 WIPER

Fuse Rating

Circuit Protected

20A

Front Power Outlet

20A

Cigarette Lighter

20A

VACUUM PUMP, ESC

10A

Electronic Vacuum Pump

15A

ECS Unit

20A

LSD Control Module

20A

ECM

20A

ECM

40A

E/R Junction Block (RLY.14)

10A

[G4FP] TCM

40A

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F2, F25, F26, F34, F43, F35 (IAU), F44, Power Window Relay)

10A

Battery Sensor

10A

[M/T] Ignition Lock & Clutch Switch

20A

FUEL PUMP Motor

40A

ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module

30A

ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

40A

E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

25A

Wiper Motor

9-56

Engine compartment fuse panel (PCB block) (Smartstream 2.5 GDI)

Type FUSE

Fuse Name ECS (15A)
A/C HORN IGN COIL ECU3 SENSOR3 ECU2
SENSOR2

Fuse Rating

Circuit Protected

15A

ECS Unit

10A

[G4FM] A/C Compressor

15A

Horn, Horn Switch

20A

[G4FM/G4NA/G4FP] Ignition Coil #1~#4 [G4FG] Ignition Coil #1~#4

10A

PCM/ECM, [MT] IGN LOCK CLUTCH SW

10A

E/R Junction Block (RLY.8)

15A

PCM/ECM

[G4FM] Oil Control Valve (Intake/Exhaust),

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control

Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction Block (RLY.1/11),

A/C Relay

[G4FG] Oil Control Valve (Intake/Exhaust),

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control

Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction Block (RLY.1/11)

[G4NA] Oil Control Valve (Intake/Exhaust),

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control

Solenoid Valve, Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, E/R

10A

Junction Block (RLY.1/11)

[G4FP] Oil Control Valve (Intake/Exhaust),

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control

Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve,

Cooling Fan Controller

SENSOR1 ABS3

[Theta 2 T-GDI] Oil Control Valve(Exhaust), Electronic Water Pump, RCV, Cooling Fan, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, A/C Comp RLY, Oil Level Sensor, Canister Closing Valve, Active Exhaust Valve

15A

Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN)

10A

ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ECU1

20A

PCM/ECM

9-57

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.

Information - Headlight desiccant (if equipped)
This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to reduce fogging inside the headlight due to moisture. The desiccant is consumable and its performance may change based on the used period or environment. If fogging inside the headlight due to moisture continues for a long time, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
Prior to working on a light, depress the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply the parking brake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers.
NOTICE
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electrical wiring system.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, do not clean the headlight lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

Information
The headlight and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlight on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-58

Headlight, Position Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and Daytime Running Light Bulb Replacement

OCN7N091028N
(1) Headlight (Low)
(2) Headlight (High)
(3) Position lamp / Daytime running lamp (DRL)
(4) Turn signal lamp
(5) Side marker
Headlight/Daytime running light (DRL) / Position lamp (LED type) If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OCN7080043
Turn signal lamp 1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots onthe assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
Lamps If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-59

Maintenance
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement

Rear Combination Lamp Bulb Replacement

OCN7N091029L
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(1) Stop lamp (LED) (2) Tail lamp (LED ) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Reverse lamp (5) Side marker (LED)

OCN7N091030N

Tail/Stop lamp
If the tail/stop lamp do not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-60

Turn signal lamp (Outer lamp) (Bulb type)
1. Open the trunk lid.

OCN7080045
2. Remove the service cover by pulling out the service cover.
OCN7080046
3. Loosen the assembly retaining nuts.

[1] : Turn signal lamp

OCN7N091034L

5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

8. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

OCN7080047
4. Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle.

9-61

Maintenance

Reverse lamp (Inner lamp) (Bulb type)
1. Disconnect the connector and then remove the nuts by turning the nuts counter clockwise.
2. Take the light assembly out.

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement

OCN7N091031N

OCN7080053
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket.
6. Install the light assembly to the trunk.
7. Reinstall the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw.
Fog lamp (if equipped) If the lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

[A] : High mounted stop lamp

OAD075042

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots.

3. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

5. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

9-62

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement

09
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp

OCN7N091015N
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

Room lamp

OCN7080033 OCN7080034

9-63

Maintenance
Sunvisor lamp

Trunk room lamp

OCN7050058

OCN7N091035N
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the "OFF" button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the lens into place.
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
9-64

APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
If you park your vehicle near a stainless steel sign or glass facade building, the vehicle's exterior plastic parts such as a bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or outside rearview mirror might be damaged due to sunlight reflected from the sign or building. To prevent damage of the exterior plastic parts, you should avoid parking in areas where light may be reflected or use a car cover. (The exterior plastic parts applied to your vehicle may vary.)
If you push or pull the spoiler to move the vehicle while parked or in a stationary state, the spoiler may be damaged.
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
NOTICE
If you push or pull the spoiler to move the vehicle while parked or in a stationary state, the spoiler may be damaged.

Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

9-65

Maintenance

High-pressure washing When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration. Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
NOTICE
Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

NOTICE
OCN7N091016N
Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped) Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove. Use a soft cloth (for example, microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the car.

9-66

Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
NOTICE
Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In case wax is applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and if any tar or tar contaminant is on the surface use a tar remover to clean. However, be careful not to apply too much pressure on the painted area.

Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anticorrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair.

9-67

Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object. To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. Clean the wheel when it has cooled. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. Do not wash the wheels with highspeed car wash brushes. Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the longterm corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are: Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle. Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

9-68

High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.
When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

9-69

Maintenance

Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.

Interior Care Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vehicle interior surfaces.
NOTICE
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.

9-70

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vehicle interior surfaces (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from interior surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum cleaner.
If necessary, clean interior surfaces with a mixture of warm water and mild nondetergent cleaner (test all cleaners on a concealed area before use).
Fabric (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped) Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.
CAUTION
Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.

9-71

Maintenance

Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become hazy (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

9-72

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated). After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control System
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

9-73

Maintenance

3. Exhaust Emission Control System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.

Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

9-74

Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic system are very hot while the engine is running or immediately after the engine is turned off. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle. Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.

9-75

Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: "https://dtsc.ca.gov/perchlorate" Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
9-76

References

Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows) Acrobat Distiller 9.5.5 (Windows)